Yamaha EZ-250i El manual del propietario

Marca: Yamaha

Modelo: EZ-250i

Categoría: Instrumentos musicales

Tipo: El manual del propietario

Install KEYBOARDMANIA to your computer (see page 3 and 60) and connect it to the EZ-250i by an USB

cable – then play musical games and learn songs.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL

This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter). DO NOT

connect this product to any power supply or adapter other than one described

in the manual, on the name plate, or speciﬁcally recommended by Yamaha.

This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a cart,

rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is used, please

observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory

product.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE:

The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time

of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or modify any of

the speciﬁcations without notice or obligation to update existing units.

This product, either alone or in combination with an ampliﬁer and head-

phones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels that could

cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long periods of time at a

high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any

hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should consult an audiologist.

IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before dam-

age occurs.

NOTICE:

Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how a func-

tion or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are not covered

by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore the owners responsibility.

Please study this manual carefully and consult your dealer before requesting

service.

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:

Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmen-

tally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the production meth-

ods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keeping with both the letter

and the spirit of the law, we want you to be aware of the following:

Battery Notice:

This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if applica-

ble) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of battery is

approximately ﬁve years. When replacement becomes necessary, contact a

qualiﬁed service representative to perform the replacement.

This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these may be

rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a rechargeable

type and that the charger is intended for the battery being charged.

When installing batteries, do not mix batteries with new, or with batteries of a

different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly. Mismatches or incorrect

installation may result in overheating and battery case rupture.

Warning:

Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all batteries

away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as regulated by

the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of household type batter-

ies in your area for battery disposal information.

Disposal Notice:

Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some reason its

useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all local, state, and

federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead,

batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable to assist you, please contact

Yamaha directly.

NAME PLATE LOCATION:

The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model number,

serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this plate. You should

record the model number, serial number, and the date of purchase in the

spaces provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your

purchase.

Model

Serial No.

Purchase Date

SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION

92-BP (bottom)

1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT!

This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in

this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modiﬁcations not expressly

approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use

the product.

2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or

another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied

with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure

to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product

in the USA.

3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the

requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital

devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level

of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will

not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equip-

ment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used

according to the instructions found in the users manual, may cause inter-

ference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance

with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in

all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference,

which can be determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to

eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures:

Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the

interference.

Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse)

circuits or install AC line ﬁlter/s.

In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the

antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial

type cable.

If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please

contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you

can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corpora-

tion of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave,

Buena Park, CA90620

The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by

Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.

FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.)

* This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA.

(class B)

Entsorgung leerer Batterien (nur innerhalb Deutschlands)

Leisten Sie einen Beitrag zum Umweltschutz. Verbrauchte Batterien oder

Akkumulatoren dürfen nicht in den Hausmüll. Sie können bei einer Sam-

melstelle für Altbatterien bzw. Sondermüll abgegeben werden. Informieren

Sie sich bei Ihrer Kommune.

(battery)

OBSERVERA!

Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) sá länge som den ar

ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har stängts av.

ADVARSEL: Netspæendingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt, sálæenge

netledningen siddr i en stikkontakt, som er t endt — ogsá selvom der or

slukket pá apparatets afbryder.

VAROITUS: Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko laitetta

verkosta.

(standby)

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Software License Agreement

Yamaha Corporation (Yamaha) permits you use the Keyboardmania

Yamaha Edition (Software) conditioned on your acceptance of this

agreement. The Software includes all associated contents, all printed

materials and all electronic documentation. Use of this Software will

be taken to mean acceptance of this agreement, so please read the

following terms carefully before you use the Software.

1. Copyright and permission for use

Yamaha grants you as an individual the right to use the Software on

only one computer at any single time. The ownership of the disk on

which the Software is recorded belongs to you, but the ownership and

Licensor(s).

2. Prohibitions and restrictions

You may not reverse-compile, disassemble, reverse-engineer, or use

any other method to convert the Software into a human-readable form,

nor may you allow another person to do so. The Software may not be

duplicated, corrected, modiﬁed, lent, leased, sold, distributed, licensed

or disposed of in any other way in part or in whole. The creation of

derivative works based on the content of the Software is also prohib-

ited. The Software may not be transmitted over a network to another

computer without written authorization from Yamaha. Your rights

regarding the Software may be transferred to a third party only if this is

done for non-commercial purposes and if the Software and all associ-

ated documentation including this agreement are included, and if the

third party accepts this agreement.

3. Limitations of Liability

The Software was developed at, and is copyrighted by, Yamaha and

Yamaha’s Licensor(s). The Software is offered "AS IS" and Yamaha

makes no warranty as to its use or performance.

YAMAHA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT

THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING

THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION. YAMAHA AND ITS SUP-

PLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO

NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, MERCHANTABIL-

ITY, OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO

EVENT WILL YAMAHA OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU

FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR SPECIAL DAM-

AGES, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVINGS,

EVEN IF AN YAMAHA REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF

THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY

ANY THIRD PARTY.

q Six of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as

follows:

A Hard Day’s Night

• Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney

• Copyright Renewed

• All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music

Square West, Nashville, TN37203

Can’t Help Falling In Love

• Words and Music by George David Weiss, Hugo Peretti and Luigi Cre-

atore

• Copyright Renewed and Assigned to Gladys Music

• All Rights Administered by Cherry Lane Music Publishing Company,

Inc. and Chrysalis Music

Stella By Starlight

• from the Paramount Picture THE UNINVITED

• Words by Ned Washington

• Music by Victor Young

Hey Jude

• Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney

• Copyright Renewed

• All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music

Square West, Nashville, TN37203

Edelweiss

• Lyrics by Oscar Hammerstein II

• Music by Richard Rodgers

• Copyright Renewed

• WILLIAMSON MUSlC owner of publication and allied rights through-

out the world

Linus And Lucy

• By Vince Guaraldi

• Copyright

• Copyright Renewed

w Four of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as

follows:

Composition Title : An Englishman In New York

Composer’s Name : Sumner 0590545

Composition Title : Against All Odds

Composer’s Name : Collins 0007403

RUN MUSIC LTD

Composition Title : Just The Way You Are

Composer’s Name : Joel 0273671

Composition Title : Look Of Love

Composer’s Name : Bacharach/David 0093316

mance and broadcasting are strictly prohibited regarding the above ten demo-

songs.

programs and contents in which Yamaha owns copyrights or with respect to

which it has license to use others’ copyrights. Such copyrighted materials

include, without limitation, all computer software, styles ﬁles, MIDI ﬁles,

WAVE data and sound recordings. Any unauthorized use of such programs

and contents outside of personal use is not permitted under relevant laws.

Any violation of copyright has legal consequences. DON’T MAKE, DIS-

TRIBUTE OR USE ILLEGAL COPIES.

● COPYRIGHT NOTICE

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

PRECAUTIONS

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING

* Please keep this manual in a safe place for future reference.

WARNING

Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical

shock, short-circuiting, damages, ﬁre or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Only use the voltage speciﬁed as correct for the instrument. The required voltage

is printed on the name plate of the instrument.

• Use the speciﬁed adaptor (PA-3C or PA-3B or an equivalent recommended by

Yamaha) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument

or overheating.

• Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust which may have

accumulated on it.

• Do not place the AC adaptor cord near heat sources such as heaters or radiators,

and do not excessively bend or otherwise damage the cord, place heavy objects

on it, or place it in a position where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll

anything over it.

• Do not open the instrument or attempt to disassemble the internal parts or

modify them in any way. The instrument contains no user-serviceable parts. If it

should appear to be malfunctioning, discontinue use immediately and have it

inspected by qualiﬁed Yamaha service personnel.

• Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in damp or wet

conditions, or place containers on it containing liquids which might spill into

any openings.

• Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet hands.

• Do not put burning items, such as candles, on the unit.

A burning item may fall over and cause a ﬁre.

• If the AC adaptor cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged, or if there is a

sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument, or if any unusual smells or

smoke should appear to be caused by it, immediately turn off the power switch,

disconnect the adaptor plug from the outlet, and have the instrument inspected

by qualiﬁed Yamaha service personnel.

CAUTION

Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage

to the instrument or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following:

• When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an outlet, always hold

the plug itself and not the cord.

• Unplug the AC power adaptor when not using the instrument, or during

electrical storms.

• Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a multiple-connector.

Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or possibly cause overheating in the

outlet.

• Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with the +/- polarity

markings. Failure to do so might result in overheating, ﬁre, or battery ﬂuid

leakage.

• Always replace all batteries at the same time. Do not use new batteries together

with old ones. Also, do not mix battery types, such as alkaline batteries with

manganese batteries, or batteries from different makers, or different types of

batteries from the same maker, since this can cause overheating, ﬁre, or battery

ﬂuid leakage.

• Do not dispose of batteries in ﬁre.

• Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not intended to be charged.

• When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used for a long time,

remove the batteries from the instrument to prevent possible leakage of the

battery ﬂuid.

• Keep batteries away from children.

• If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked ﬂuid. If the battery ﬂuid

should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or skin, wash immediately with

water and consult a doctor. Battery ﬂuid is corrosive and may possibly cause

loss of sight or chemical burns.

• Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or extreme cold or

heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in a car during the day) to

prevent the possibility of panel disﬁguration or damage to the internal

components.

• Do not use the instrument in the vicinity of a TV, radio, stereo equipment, mobile

phone, or other electric devices. Otherwise, the instrument, TV, or radio may

generate noise.

Power supply/AC power adaptor

Do not open

Water warning

Fire warning

If you notice any abnormality

Power supply/AC power adaptor

Battery

Location

(4)-8 1/2

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

(4)-8 2/2

• Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it might accidentally

fall over.

• Before moving the instrument, remove all connected adaptor and other cables.

• Use only the stand speciﬁed for the instrument. When attaching the stand or

rack, use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could cause damage to the

internal components or result in the instrument falling over.

• Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, turn off the

power for all components. Before turning the power on or off for all

components, set all volume levels to minimum. Also, be sure to set the volumes

of all components at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume

controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level.

• When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use paint thinners,

solvents, cleaning ﬂuids, or chemical-impregnated wiping cloths.

• Do not insert a ﬁnger or hand in any gaps on the instrument.

• Never insert or drop paper, metallic, or other objects into the gaps on the panel

or keyboard. If this happens, turn off the power immediately and unplug the

power cord from the AC outlet. Then have the instrument inspected by qualiﬁed

Yamaha service personnel.

• Do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber objects on the instrument, since this might

discolor the panel or keyboard.

• Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instrument, and do not

use excessive force on the buttons, switches or connectors.

• Do not operate the instrument for a long period of time at a high or

uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you

experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a physician.

Saving and backing up your data

• Saved data may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Save

important data to external media.

Connections

Maintenance

Handling caution

Saving data

Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use.

When using a power adaptor, even when the power switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity is still ﬂowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you are not

using the instrument for a long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet.

Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations.

● Trademarks

• Apple and Macintosh are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

• Windows is the registered trademark of Microsoft

Corporation.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders.

Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused by improper use or modiﬁcations to the instrument, or data that is lost or destroyed.

The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this owner’s manual are for instructional purposes only, and may be different from the ones on your instrument.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Congratulations on your purchase of the Yamaha EZ-250i PortaTone!

You now own a portable keyboard that combines advanced functions, great sound

and exceptional ease-of-use in a highly compact package. Its outstanding features

also make it a remarkably expressive and versatile instrument.

Read this Owner’s Manual carefully while playing your new EZ-250i in order to

take full advantage of its various features.

Main Features

The EZ-250i is a sophisticated yet easy-to-use keyboard with the following features and functions:

■ Keyboard Mania................................................................................. page 3, 60

Included with the instrument (on CD-ROM) is the fun software program Keyboard Mania. Simply install it to

your computer (Windows only) and connect the instrument via USB cable — and play musical games and learn

songs the fun way.

■ Stereo Sampled Piano .......................................................................... page 21

The EZ-250i has a special Portable Grand Piano Voice — created by state-of-the-art stereo sampling technology

and using Yamaha’s sophiscated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system.

■ Touch Response.................................................................................... page 27

The exceptionally natural Touch Response feature, with a convenient front panel on/off switch, gives you maximum

expressive level control over the voices. It also works in conjunction with the Dynamic Filter, which dynamically

adjusts the timbre or tone of a voice according to your playing strength — just a like a real musical instrument!

■ Yamaha Education Suite ......................................................... pages 40, 42, 49

The EZ-250i features the new Yamaha Education Suite — a set of learning tools that utilize the latest technology

to make studying and practicing music more fun and fulﬁlling than ever before!

■ One Touch Setting................................................................................. page 25

One Touch Setting (OTS), for automatically calling up an appropriate voice for playing with the selected Style

and Song.

■ Powerful Speaker System

The built-in stereo ampliﬁer/speaker system of the EZ-250i — with a special Bass Boost feature — provides excep-

tionally powerful, high-quality sound, letting you hear the full dynamic range of the EZ-250i’s authentic voices.

■ USB......................................................................................................... page 56

This enables you to connect the instrument directly to a computer, for recording your performances and playing

song data with the computer.

■ Flash Memory ........................................................................................ page 58

The internal ﬂash memory of the instrument lets you save song data from a computer. The songs saved to the

memory can then be used for playing and practice in the same way as the preset songs.

■ GM System Level 1

“GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data

can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is

afﬁxed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level.

■ XGlite

As its name implies, “XGlite” is a simpliﬁed version of Yamaha’s high-quality XG tone generation format. Natu-

rally, you can play back any XG song data using an XGlite tone generator. However, keep in mind that some songs

may play back differently compared to the original data, due to the reduced set of control parameters and effects.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Panel Controls and Terminals ........................ 8

Setting Up....................................................... 10

• Power Requirements ........................................10

• Turning On the Power.......................................11

• Accessory Jacks ...............................................11

Quick Guide 12

Step 1 Voices ........................................................... 12

Step 2 Songs............................................................ 14

Step 3 Style ............................................................. 16

Basic Operation and LCD Display................ 18

Portable Grand............................................... 21

• Playing the Portable Grand...............................21

• Using the Metronome .......................................21

Playing Voices ...............................................23

• Playing a Voice .................................................23

• #000 OTS .........................................................25

• Dual Voice ........................................................25

• Split Voice.........................................................26

• Setting the Split Point .......................................26

• Touch and Touch Sensitivity.............................27

• Transpose and Tuning......................................28

• Light Guide On and Off.....................................28

Effects............................................................. 29

• Harmony ...........................................................29

• Reverb ..............................................................29

• Chorus ..............................................................30

• Sustain..............................................................30

Selecting and Playing Styles ........................ 33

• Selecting a Style ...............................................33

• Playing the Styles .............................................34

• Changing the Tempo ........................................38

• Accompaniment Sections

(Main A/B and Fill-ins) ......................................39

• Adjusting the Style Volume...............................39

• Using Auto Accompaniment —

Multi Fingering ..................................................40

• Dictionary..........................................................42

Selecting and Playing Songs........................ 45

• Selecting a Song...............................................45

• Playing the Songs.............................................46

• A-B Repeat .......................................................47

• Melody Voice Change.......................................48

• Adjusting the Song Volume ..............................48

Song Lesson ..................................................49

• Using the Lesson Feature ................................ 49

• Select the Lesson Track................................... 51

• Lesson 1 — Timing .......................................... 51

• Lesson 2 — Waiting ......................................... 52

• Lesson 3 — Minus One.................................... 52

• Lesson 4 — Both Hands .................................. 53

• Grade ............................................................... 53

MIDI Functions ...............................................54

• What Is MIDI? .................................................. 54

• Connecting to a Personal Computer ................ 56

• Local Control .................................................... 57

• External Clock .................................................. 57

• Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer ...... 57

• PC Mode .......................................................... 58

• Loading a Song into

EZ-250i’s Flash Memory .................................. 58

Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide........60

• Contents of CD-ROM ....................................... 60

• CD-ROM Installation Procedure....................... 60

• Minimum System Requirements ...................... 61

• For Windows Users.......................................... 61

• For Macintosh Users ........................................ 63

• Setting up OMS................................................ 64

Function..........................................................66

• Using the Function parameters ........................ 66

Data Backup ...................................................68

Troubleshooting.............................................69

Voice List ........................................................70

Style List .........................................................75

Drum Kit List ..................................................76

MIDI Implementation Chart ...........................78

Effect map.......................................................80

Specifications.................................................81

Index................................................................82

Contents

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Panel Controls and Terminals

q [MASTER VOLUME] dial

This determines the overall volume of the EZ-250i.

w Power switch ([STANDBY/ON])

e [METRONOME] button

This turns the metronome on and off. (See page 21.)

Holding down this button calls up the Time Signet

settings.

r [PORTABLE GRAND] button

This instantly calls up the Grand Piano voice. (See

page 21.)

t [PC] button

This convenient control lets you instantly call up the

speciﬁed MIDI settings for optimum use with a con-

nected computer. (See page 58.)

y [FUNCTION] button

This calls up the Function mode and stores the speci-

ﬁed panel setting to the ﬂash memory (See pages 66,

68).

u [SONG] button

This is for enabling song selection. (See page 45.)

i [STYLE] button

This is for enabling style selection. (See page 33.)

o [VOICE] button

This is for enabling voice selection. (See page 23.)

Holding down this button calls up the Melody Voice

Change function. (See page 48.)

!0 [Dict.] button

This calls up the Dictionary function (See page 42).

!1 LESSON [L] (Left) and [R] (Right) buttons

These call up the Lesson exercises for the corre-

sponding hand (left or right) for the selected song.

(See page 49.)

!2 Numeric keypad, [+/ON] and [–/OFF]

buttons

These are used for selecting songs, voices, and styles.

(See pages 19.) They are also used for adjusting cer-

tain settings and answering certain display prompts.

!3 [ACMP ON/OFF] / [A-B REPEAT] button

When the Style mode is selected, this turns the auto

accompaniment on and off. (See page 34.) In the

Song mode, this calls up the A-B Repeat function.

(See page 47.)

!4 [SYNC START] / [ PAUSE] button

This turns the Sync Start function on and off. (See

page 35.) In the Song mode, it is used to temporarily

pause song playback. (See page 46.)

!5 [START/STOP] button

When the Style mode is selected, this alternately

starts and stops the style. (See page 34.) In the Song

mode, this alternately starts and stops song playback.

(See page 46.)

■ Front Panel

GrandPno

001

-03

!6!5

Panel Controls and Terminals

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

!6 [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] / [ REW] button

When the Style mode is selected, this is used to con-

trol the Intro and Ending functions. (See page 34.)

When the Song mode is selected, this is used as a

“rewind” control, or move the song playback point

back toward the beginning.

!7 [MAIN/AUTO FILL] / [ FF] button

When the Style mode is selected, this is used to

change auto accompaniment sections and control the

Auto Fill function. (See page 39.) When the Song

mode is selected, this is used as a “fast forward” con-

trol, or move the song playback point toward the end.

!8 [TEMPO/TAP] button

This button is used to call up the Tempo setting, let-

ting you set the Tempo with the numeric keypad or

[+]/[–] buttons. (See page 21.) It also allows you to

tap out the tempo and automatically start a selected

song or style at that tapped speed. (See page 35.)

!9 [DUAL] button

This turns the Dual voice on or off. (See page 25.)

@0 [SPLIT] button

This turns the Split voice on and off. (See page 26.)

@1 [HARMONY] button

This turns the Harmony effect on and off. (See page

29.)

@2 [TOUCH] button

This turns the Touch function on and off. (See page

27.) Holding down this button calls up the Touch

Sensitivity settings.

@3 [LIGHT ON/OFF] button

This turns the Light Guide on or off. (See page 28.)

@4 [DEMO] button

This is used to play the Demo songs. (See page 14.)

■ Rear Panel

@5 @6 @7 @8

@5 USB terminals

This is for connection to a computer. (See page 56.)

@6 SUSTAIN jack

This is for connection to an optional FC4 or FC5

Footswitch for control over sustain, just like the

damper pedal on a piano. (See page 11.)

@7 PHONES/OUTPUT jack

This is for connection to a set of stereo headphones or

to an external ampliﬁer/speaker system. (See page

11.)

@8 DC IN 12V jack

This is for connection to a PA-3C or PA-3B AC

power adaptor. (See page 10.)

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Setting Up

This section contains information about setting up your EZ-250i for playing. Make sure to read

this section carefully before using the instrument.

Although the EZ-250i will run either from an optional AC adaptor or batteries,

Yamaha recommends use of an AC adaptor whenever possible. An AC adaptor is

more environmentally friendly than batteries and does not deplete resources.

■ Using an AC Power Adaptor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

q Make sure that the [STANDBY/ON] switch of the EZ-250i is set to

STANDBY.

w Connect the AC adaptor (PA-3C, PA-3B, or other adaptor speciﬁcally recom-

mended by Yamaha) to the DC IN 12V jack.

e Plug the AC adaptor into an AC outlet.

■ Using Batteries • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

For battery operation the EZ-250i requires six 1.5V “D” size, LR20 or equivalent

batteries. When the batteries need to be replaced, the volume may be reduced, the

sound may be distorted, and other problems may occur. When this happens, turn

the power off and replace the batteries, as described below

q Open the battery compartment cover located on the instrument’s bottom panel.

w Insert the six new batteries, being careful to follow the polarity markings in

the compartment cover.

e Replace the compartment cover, making sure that it locks ﬁrmly in place.

Power Requirements

• Use ONLY a Yamaha PA-3C or

PA-3B AC Power Adaptor (or

other adaptor speciﬁcally rec-

ommended by Yamaha) to

power your instrument from

the AC mains. The use of other

adaptors may result in irrepa-

rable damage to both the adap

tor and the EZ-250i.

• Unplug the AC Power Adaptor

when not using the EZ-250i, or

during electrical storms.

• Use only manganese or alka-

line batteries for this instru-

ment. Other types of batteries

(including rechargable batter-

ies) may have sudden drops of

power when battery power

becomes low, possibly result-

ing in loss of data in the ﬂash

memory and the need to initial

ize the ﬂash memory.

• When the batteries run down,

replace them with a complete

set of six new batteries.

NEVER mix old and new batter

ies.

• Do not use different kinds of

batteries (e.g. alkaline and

manganese) at the same time.

• If the instrument is not to be in

use for a long time, remove the

batteries from it, in order to

prevent possible ﬂuid leakage

from the battery.

• The effective life of recharge-

able batteries may shorter than

that of conventional batteries.

Setting Up

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

With the AC power adaptor connected or

with batteries installed, simply move the

power switch until it is set to the ON

position. When the instrument is not in

use, be sure to turn the power off.

■ Using Headphones• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

For private practicing and playing without dis-

turbing others, connect a set of stereo head-

phones to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT

jack. Sound from the built-in speaker system is

automatically cut off when you insert a head-

phone plug into this jack.

■ Connecting a Keyboard Ampliﬁer or Stereo System • • • • • • •

Though the EZ-250i is equipped with a built-in

speaker system, you can also play it through an

external ampliﬁer/speaker system. First, make

sure the EZ-250i and any external devices are

turned off, then connect one end of a stereo

audio cable to the LINE IN or AUX IN jack(s)

of the other device and the other end to the rear

panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the EZ-250i.

■ Using a Footswitch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

This feature lets you use an optional footswitch

(Yamaha FC4 or FC5) to sustain the sound of

the voices. The footswitch functions the same

way as a damper pedal on an acoustic piano —

press and hold down the footswitch as you play

the keyboard to sustain the sound.

■ Connecting to a computer (USB terminal) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

By connecting the USB terminal of this instru-

ment to the USB terminal of a computer, you

can transfer performance data and song ﬁles

between the instrument. (See page 56.)

Turning On the Power

• Even when the switch is in the “STANDBY” position,

electricity is still ﬂowing to the instrument at the mini-

mum level. When you are not using the EZ-250i for a

long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor

from the wall AC outlet, and/or remove the batteries from

the instrument.

• Never attempt to turn the power off when data is being

transferred from a computer. Doing so can damage the

internal ﬂash memory and result in loss of data.

Accessory Jacks

Stereo System

• To prevent damage to the

speakers, set the volume of the

external devices at the mini-

mum setting before connect-

ing them. Failure to observe

these cautions may result in

electric shock or equipment

damage. Also, be sure to set

the volumes of all devices at

their minimum levels and grad

ually raise the volume controls

while playing the instrument to

set the desired listening level.

• Make sure that the footswitch

plug is properly connected to the

SUSTAIN jack before turning on

the power.

• Do not press the footswitch while

turning the power on. Doing this

changes the recognized polarity

of the footswitch, resulting in

reversed footswitch operation.

• Make sure to purchase a quality

USB cable at a musical instru-

ment store, computer store or

electrical appliance store.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

GrandPno

001

-03

Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button.

Play the keyboard.

Want to ﬁnd out more? See page 21.

GrandPno

001

-03

Simply by pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button, you can automatically select the Grand Piano voice.

Press the [METRONOME] button.

Stop the Metronome.

Want to ﬁnd out more? See page 21.

Playing along with the Metronome

Step 1 Voices

Quick

Guide

Playing the Piano

Step 1 Voices

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Press the [VOICE] button.

GrandPno

001

-03

Select a voice.

Play the keyboard.

Want to ﬁnd out more? See page 23.

BritePno

002

Selecting and Playing Other Voices

The EZ-250i has a huge total of 480 dynamic and realistic instrument voices. Let’s try a few of them out now...

No. Voice Name

PIANO

001 Grand Piano

002 Bright Piano

003 Honky-tonk Piano

004 MIDI Grand Piano

005 CP 80

006 Harpsichord

E.PIANO

007 Galaxy EP

008 Funky Electric Piano

009 DX Modern Elec. Piano

010 Hyper Tines

011 Venus Electric Piano

012 Clavi

ORGAN

013 Jazz Organ 1

014 Jazz Organ 2

015 Click Organ

016 Bright Organ

017 Rock Organ

018 Purple Organ

019 16'+2' Organ

020 16'+4' Organ

021 Theater Organ

022 Church Organ

023 Chapel Organ

024 Reed Organ

ACCORDION

025 Traditional Accordion

026 Musette Accordion

027 Bandoneon

028 Harmonica

GUITAR

029 Classical Guitar

030 Folk Guitar

031 12Strings Guitar

032 Jazz Guitar

033 Octave Guitar

034 Clean Guitar

035 60’s Clean Guitar

036 Muted Guitar

037 Overdriven Guitar

038 Distortion Guitar

BASS

039 Acoustic Bass

040 Finger Bass

041 Pick Bass

042 Fretless Bass

043 Slap Bass

044 Synth Bass

045 Hi-Q Bass

046 Dance Bass

STRINGS

047 String Ensemble

048 Chamber Strings

049 Synth Strings

050 Slow Strings

051 Tremolo Strings

052 Pizzicato Strings

053 Orchestra Hit

054 Violin

055 Cello

056 Contrabass

057 Banjo

058 Harp

CHOIR

059 Choir

060 Vocal Ensemble

No. Voice Name

061 Vox Humana

062 Air Choir

SAXOPHONE

063 Soprano Sax

064 Alto Sax

065 Tenor Sax

066 Breathy Tenor

067 Baritone Sax

068 Oboe

069 English Horn

070 Bassoon

071 Clarinet

TRUMPET

072 Trumpet

073 Muted Trumpet

074 Trombone

075 Trombone Section

076 French Horn

077 Tuba

BRASS

078 Brass Section

079 Big Band Brass

080 Mellow Horns

081 Synth Brass

082 Jump Brass

083 Techno Brass

FLUTE

084 Flute

085 Piccolo

086 Pan Flute

087 Recorder

088 Ocarina

SYNTH LEAD

089 Square Lead

No. Voice Name

090 Sawtooth Lead

091 Voice Lead

092 Star Dust

093 Brightness

094 Analogon

095 Fargo

SYNTH PAD

096 Fantasia

097 Bell Pad

098 Xenon Pad

099 Equinox

100 Dark Moon

PERCUSSION

101 Vibraphone

102 Marimba

103 Xylophone

104 Steel Drums

105 Celesta

106 Tubular Bells

107 Timpani

108 Music Box

DRUM KITS

109 Standard Kit 1

110 Standard Kit 2

111 Room Kit

112 Rock Kit

113 Electronic Kit

114 Analog Kit

115 Dance Kit

116 Jazz Kit

117 Brush Kit

118 Symphony Kit

119 SFX Kit 1

120 SFX Kit 2

No. Voice Name

● Panel Voice List

* This list includes only a portion of the total available voices.

Quick

Guide

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Step 2 Songs

HardDays

001

-03

The EZ-250i is packed with a total of 80 songs, including 10 Demo songs — which has been specially created to showcase the

rich and dynamic sounds of the instrument. There are also 70 additional songs, designed to be used with the educational Lesson

feature.

You can also play songs loaded to the instrument via USB. The songs can be stored to the song numbers 081-180.

Let’s play the Demo song now.

Start the Demo song.

Stop the Demo song.

Playing the Demo song

HardDays

001

-03

You can also play back songs of other categories. Simply

select the appropriate number of the desired song during

playback.

• The EZ-250i also has a Demo Cancel function that allows you to disable

Demo song function.

Set Demo Cancel in the Function mode (page

67).

Naturally, you can also individually select and play back the

EZ-250i’s songs.

Press the [SONG] button.

Select a song.

Start (and stop) the song.

Want to ﬁnd out more? See page 45.

Playing a single song

HardDays

001

-03

CantHelp

002

Playing the Songs

Step 2 Songs

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

This lets you adjust the volume balance between the

song and your keyboard performance.

Press the [FUNCTION] button, until SongVol

is indicated in the display.

Use the [+]/[–] buttons to adjust the song

volume.

You can also use the numeric keypad to directly

enter the value.

Want to ﬁnd out more? See page 48.

Changing the volume of the song

SongVol

100

-03

SongVol

120

● Song List

No. Song Name (Comporser)

FAVORITES

001 A Hard Day’s Night

002 Can’t Help Falling In Love

003 Linus And Lucy

004 Just The Way You Are

005 Against All Odds

006 Englishman In New York

007 Hey Jude

008 The Look Of Love

009 Stella By Starlight

010 Edelweiss

PIANIST

011 Arabesque (J.F.Burgmüller)

012 Innocence (J.F.Burgmüller)

013 Etude op.10-3 “Chanson De

L’adieu” (F.Chopin)

014 Menuett (L. Boccherini)

015 Nocturne op.9-2 (F. Chopin)

016 Moments Musicaux op.94-3

(F. Schubert)

017 The Entertainer (S. Joplin)

018 Prelude (Wohltemperierte Klavier

1-1) (J.S. Bach)

019 La Viollette (Streabbog)

020 Für Elise (L.v. Beethoven)

PRACTICE

021 America The Beautiful (S.A. Ward)

022 Londonderry Air (Traditional)

023 Ring De Banjo (S.C. Foster)

024 Wenn Ich Ein Vöglein Wär ?

(Traditional)

025 Die Lorelei (F. Silcher)

026 Funiculi-Funicula (L. Denza)

027 Turkey In The Straw (Traditional)

028 Old Folks At Home (S.C. Foster)

029 Jingle Bells (J.S. Pierpont)

030 Muss I Denn (F. Silcher)

031 Liebesträume Nr.3 (F. Liszt)

032 Jesu, Joy Of Man’s Desiring

(J.S. Bach)

033 Symphonie Nr.9 (L.v. Beethoven)

034 Song Of The Pearl Fisher

(G. Bizet)

035 Gavotte (F.J. Gossec)

036 String Quartet No.17 2nd mov.

“Serenade” (F.J. Haydn)

037 Menuett (J.S. Bach)

038 Canon (J. Pachelbel)

039 From “The Magic Flute”

(W.A Mozart)

040 Piano Sonate op.27-2 “Mond-

schein” (L.v. Beethoven)

041 “The Surprise” Symphony

(F.J. Haydn)

042 To A Wild Rose (E.A. MacDowell)

043 Air de Toréador “Carmen”

(G. Bizet)

044 O Mio Babbino Caro (From “Gian-

ni Schicchi”) (G. Puccini)

045 Frühlingslied (F. Mendelssohn)

DUET

046 Row Row Row Your Boat

(Traditional)

047 We Wish You A Merry Christmas

(Traditional)

048 Ten Little Indians

(Septimus Winner)

049 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional)

050 London Bridge (Traditional)

CHORD LESSON

051 Bill Bailey (Won’t You Please

Come Home) (H. Cannon)

052 Down By The Riverside

(Traditional)

053 Camptown Races (S.C. Foster)

054 Little Brown Jug (Joseph Winner)

055 Loch Lomond (Traditional)

056 Oh! Susanna (S.C. Foster)

057 Greensleeves (Traditional)

058 Aura Lee (G. Poulton)

059 Silent Night (F. Gruber)

060 The Danube Waves (I. Ivanovici)

061 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star

(Traditional)

062 Close Your Hands, Open Your

Hands (J.J. Rousseau)

063 The Cuckoo (Traditional)

064 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional)

065 London Bridge (Traditional)

066 American Patrol (F.W. Meacham)

067 Beautiful Dreamer (S.C. Foster)

068 Battle Hymn Of The Republic

(Traditional)

069 Home Sweet Home (H. Bishop)

070 Valse Des Fleurs (From “The Nut-

cracker”) (P.I. Tchaikovsky)

071 Aloha Oe (Traditional)

072 I’ve Been Working On The Rail-

road (Traditional)

073 My Darling Clementine

(Traditional)

074 Auld Lang Syne (Traditional)

075 Grandfather’s Clock (H.C. Work)

076 Amazing Grace (Traditional)

077 My Bonnie (H.J Fulmer)

078 Yankee Doodle (Traditional)

079 Joy To The World (G.F. Händel)

080 Ave Maria (F.Schubert)

081– FLASH MEMORY

No. Song Name (Comporser)

Quick

Guide

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Press the [STYLE] button.

8BtModrn

001

The powerful yet easy-to-use Style features give you profes-

sional instrumental backing for your performances. Simply

play chords with your left hand — and the EZ-250i automat-

ically produces appropriate bass, chord and rhythm backing.

Use your right hand to play melodies, and you’ll sound like

an entire band!

Left hand

Auto accompaniment

(for example,

bass + guitar + drums)

Right hand

Melody

(for example,

piano)

Accompaniment

area

• For more infomation on playing proper chords for the auto accompaniment,

see “Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering” on page 40 and “Dictio-

nary” on page 42.

Select a style.

Turn the auto accompaniment on.

60sGtPop

002

Step 3 Style

8BtModrn

001

cvm n

Using the Style

Step 3 Style

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Turn the Sync Start function on.

Play a chord with your left hand.

The style starts as soon as you play the keyboard. For

more on chords, see “Looking up Chords in the Dictio-

nary” above.

Accompaniment

area

Select a section.

The auto accompaniment has four sections: Intro,

Main A/B, and Ending.

Stop the style.

Want to ﬁnd out more? See page 34.

Looking up Chords in the Dictionary

Press the [Dict.] button.

Specify the root note of the chord (in this case,

G).

Learning how to play a speciﬁc chord

Keys for entering

the chord type

(C3 — B4)

Keys for entering

the chord root

(C5 — B5)

Keys for entering

the chord

(C1 — B2)

GM7

Root note Chord type

Example:

Dict.

Specify the chord type of the chord (in this case,

M7).

Play the notes of the chord according to the Light

Guide. The “Congratulation” melody plays when

the chord is played properly

The keys light to show you how to play the chord. You

can also play chord inversions, as described in the note

on page 40 (Fingered Chords).

To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.]

button again.

Want to ﬁnd out more? See page 42.

Chord area

The convenient Dictionary function teaches you how to play chords by showing you the individual notes. In the example

below, we’ll learn how to play a GM7 chord...

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

HardDays

001

-03

Basic Operation and LCD Display

Turn the [MASTER VOLUME] dial.

Adjusting the Volume

Decreases

the overall

volume.

Increases

the overall

volume.

Currently selected name and number (Song, Style or Voice) appear

here.

Name and Number indication (Song/Style /Voice)

Song number Song name

For example, when song is selected:

HardDays

001

This button lets you call up the various function set-

tings.

Note that the function bar in the LCD indicates the

function category (Overall, Volume, etc.) when you

select each function, and the currently selected function

name and value appears in the LCD.

● Use the numeric [0]-[9] buttons or [+]/[–] buttons.

Function settings and indications

............................. See page 66

............................. See page 67

....................... See page 23, 67

....................... See page 25, 67

....................... See page 26, 67

....................... See page 29, 67

............................. See page 67

Transpos

-03

Function bar Value Function name

For example, when Transpose is selected:

Setting values

Decreases the num-

ber by one step.

Increases the number

by one step.

To continuously change the number up or down,

press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button.

To input a negative value, simultaneously hold

the [–] button and enter the number.

Basic Operation and LCD Display

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

● The following indications appear when you press the [VOICE]

button in the Song or Style mode.

● Use the [+]/[–] buttons when you want to change the number in

single steps.

● To directly enter the desired number, use numeric buttons [0]-[9].

Entering numbers

Song

Select the

desired song.

Style

Select the desired

style.

Voice

Select the desired

voice.

• For selecting a voice in the Song mode.

• For selecting a voice in the Style mode.

Decreases the

number by one

step.

Increases the

number by one

step.

To continuously change the number up or down,

press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button.

Std.Kit1

109

• If the ﬁrst digit or ﬁrst two digits of the number are “0,” (ex., 074 or

005), pressing the [0] button is unnecessary. However, pressing the

[0] button is necessary if “0” is part of the number (ex., 105).

Ex. Voice number 109: Standard Kit 1

Press the numeric buttons

[1], [0], [9] in order.

Music Rest

Insert the bottom edge of the included music rest

into the slot located at the top rear of the EZ-250i

control panel.

●

Pressing one of the buttons below calls up the appropri-

ate mode — Song, Style or Voice, and the indicator in

the display appears the currently selected mode.

Entering one of the modes (Song, Style or Voice)

Buttons having this indication can

be used to call up an alternate func-

tion when the relevant button is

pressed and held.

Hold down this button until the func-

tion calls up.

[PRESS AND HOLD FOR A WHILE] indication

Basic Operation and LCD Display

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

GrandPno

001

003

Normally, these indicate which keys or notes are

played, or which keys to play when using the Dic-

tionary function.

NOTATION

• Any notes occurring below or above the staff are indicated

by “8va” in the notation.

• In certain cases, a note may not be fully shown in the dis-

play.

Indicates the chord name

when playing in the style or

song (only chord type

song) mode.

CHORD

Indicates that the Dual Voice

feature is turned on.

Indicates that the Split feature is

turned on.

Indicates that the Harmony fea-

ture is turned on.

Indicates that Touch is turned

on.

Indicates that Sustain is turned

on.

DUAL

SPLIT

HARMONY

TOUCH

SUSTAIN

Indicates the current measure

number of the song or style.

Indicates when accompani-

ment is on.

During the Lesson, this

guide suggests a ﬁngering

for playing the song.

MEASURE number

Accompaniment On (ACMP ON)

Fingering guide

003

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Portable Grand

This convenient function lets you instantly call up the Grand Piano voice.

Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button.

Doing this automatically selects the special “Stereo Sampled Piano” Grand

Piano voice.

1 Call up the Tempo setting.

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button.

2 Change the value.

Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–]

buttons to increase or decrease the value.

Playing the Portable Grand

GrandPno

001

Using the Metronome

TEMPO

128

001

Current Tempo value

Restoring the Default Tempo

Value

Each song and style has been

given a default or standard Tempo

setting. If you’ve changed the

Tempo, you can instantly restore

the default setting by pressing both

[+]/[–] buttons simultaneously

(when Tempo is selected).

Portable Grand

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

3 Turn on the Metronome.

Press the [METRONOME] button.

The metronome is indicated as follows (for a time signature of 4/4):

To turn the Metronome off, press the [METRONOME] button again.

Indicates the metronome

in the measure.

1 4

2 3

Setting the Metronome Time Signature

The time signature of the Metronome can be set to var-

ious quarter-note based meters.

Press and hold the [METRONOME] button (until

“TimeSig” appears in the display), then press the but-

ton on the numeric keypad or [+]/[–]buttons that corre-

sponds to the desired time signature (see chart right).

The Time Signature also can be set in the Function

mode (page 67).

• The time signature changes automatically when a style or song is

selected.

Numeric

keypad

Time signature

0 Plays no “1” beats (all low clicks)

01 1/4 — Plays only “1” beats (all high clicks)

02 2/4

03 3/4

04 4/4

: :

15 15/4

Indicates current beat number.

TimeSig

Adjusting the Metronome Volume

You can adjust the volume of the Metronome sound in the Function mode (page 67). The volume range is 000 -

127.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Playing Voices

The EZ-250i features a total of 480 authentic voices — all of which have been created with

Yamaha’s sophisticated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system. These

include 360 XG Lite voices and drum kits.

The EZ-250i also has a Dual Voice or Split Voice function that lets you combine two different

voices in a layer, or play from separate areas of the keyboard, play the two together across the

keyboard.

1 Press the [VOICE] button.

2 Select the desired voice number.

The categories of each voice and their numbers are shown on the panel. A

complete voice list of the available voices is given on page 70.

3 Play the selected voice.

Since either the Style or Song mode is active in the background, you can also

play styles or songs, respectively, in the Voice mode by simply pressing the

[START/STOP] button. The last selected style, or song will be played.

The following par

ameteres can be set in the Function mode (page 67).

CATEGORY SELECT

Main Voice Volume

Octave

Reverb Send Level

Chorus Send Level

Playing a Voice

GrandPno

001

-03

Voice number and name

• Selecting the #000 OTS voice

calls up a convenient feature —

automatically selecting an appro-

priate voice to best match the

current style or song.

Playing Voices

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Drum Kit Voice List (voices 109-120)

When one of the 12 Drum Kit voices is selected, you

can play different drum and percussion instrument

sounds from the keyboard.

• For more details, see page 76.

No. Name LCD

109 Standard Kit 1 Std.Kit1

110 Standard Kit 2 Std.Kit2

111 Room Kit Room Kit

112 Rock Kit Rock Kit

113 Electronic Kit Elct.Kit

114 Analog Kit AnlogKit

115 Dance Kit DanceKit

116 Jazz Kit Jazz Kit

117 Brush Kit BrushKit

118 Symphony Kit SymphKit

119 SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit1

120 SFX Kit 2 SFX Kit2

● For example, when 109 “Standard Kit 1” is selected:

Ride Cymbal 1

Tambourine

Cowbell

Vibraslap

Bongo L

Hi-Hat Open

Crash Cymbal 1

Hi-Hat Pedal

Conga H Open

Timbale L

Agogo L

Brush Slap

Castanet

Sticks

Open Rim Shot

Side Stick

Brush Tap

Hand Clap

Hi-Hat Closed

Maracas

Guiro Short

Claves

Cuica Mute

Triangle Mute

Shaker

Chinese Cymbal

Ride Cymbal Cup

Splash Cymbal

Crash Cymbal 2

Ride Cymbal 2

Bongo H

Conga H Mute

Mid Tom L

Mid Tom H

High Tom

Low Tom

Floor Tom H

Conga L

Snare H Soft

Bass Drum Soft

Bass Drum Hard

Bass Drum

Snare M

Snare H Hard

Floor Tom L

Brush Swirl

Brush Tap Swirl

Snare Roll

Seq Click H

Timbale H

Agogo H

Cabasa

Samba Whistle H

Samba Whistle L

Guiro Long

Wood Block H

Wood Block L

Cuica Open

Triangle Open

Jingle Bell

Bell Tree

Playing Voices

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

This special “voice” is actually a convenient feature which automatically selects a

suitable voice for you when you select a style or a song. The voice is selected to

best match the style or song you’ve called up.

Select voice #000 (OTS).

The Dual Voice function lets you combine two different voices in a layer — one

the Main voice, which is selected normally, and the other the Dual voice, which is

selected in the Function mode (pa

ge 67). You can also set various parameters

independently for these voices, such as giving them separate volume, octave,

Reverb, and Chorus settings. This lets you create an optimum mix for the voices,

and enhance the way they blend together.

The following par

ameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67).

To turn the Dual Voice on or off, press the [DUAL] button.

CATEGORY SELECT

Dual Voice Voice

Volume

Octave

Reverb Send Level

Chorus Send Level

#000 OTS

#000 OTS is selected.

Alto Sax

000

Dual Voice

GrandPno

001

-03

Indicates Dual

Voice is on.

Playing Voices

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The Split Voice function lets you assign two different Voices to opposite areas of

the keyboard, and play one Voice with your left hand while your right plays

another.

For example, you could play bass with the left hand and play piano with the right.

The right-hand (or upper) Voice is selected in the Main Voice mode (page 23), and

the left-hand (or lower) Voice is selected in the Function mode (pa

ge 67), along

with the other Split Voice parameters shown below.

The following par

ameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67).

To turn the Split Voice on or off, press the [SPLIT] button.

The Split Point determines the highest key for the split voice and sets the split

point.

Split P

oint can be set in the Function mode (page 66).

CATEGORY SELECT

Split Voice Voice

Volume

Octave

Reverb Send Level

Chorus Send Level

Split Voice

GrandPno

001

-03

Indicates Split

Voice is on.

Setting the Split Point

• This setting also affects the split

point for the accompaniment

area.

Split Point

Split Voice Main Voice

Playing Voices

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The EZ-250i features a Touch Response function that gives you dynamic, expres-

sive control over the volume of the voices. The Touch Sensitivity parameter lets

you set the degree of Touch Response.

1 Turn the Touch function on or off as desired by pressing

the [TOUCH] button.

2 Changing the Touch Sensitivity Value.

Press and hold down the [TOUCH] button, then press the appropriate num-

bered button on the numeric keypad: 1, 2, 3, or [+]/[–].

Sensitivity can also be set in the Function mode (pa

ge 66).

● Settings:

When Touch is turned off, a constant volume (corresponding to a velocity value of

80) is produced.

1 (Soft) This results in limited touch response, and produces a relatively narrow

dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play the keys.

2 (Medium) This lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud).

3 (Hard) This is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more

detailed control in the soft volume range.

Touch and Touch Sensitivity

GrandPno

001

-03

Indicates Touch

function is on.

Soft

Restoring the Default Touch

Sensitivity Value

The default Touch Sensitivity is 2

(Medium). To restore the default

value, press both [+]/[–] buttons

simultaneously (when Touch Sensi

tivity is selected).

Playing Voices

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

You can also adjust the tuning and change the transposition (key) of the entire EZ-

250i sound with the Transpose and Tuning functions.

■ Transpose • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Transpose determines the key of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompa-

niment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to easily match

the pitch of the EZ-250i to other instruments or singers, or play in a different key

without changing your ﬁngering. The Transpose settings can be adjusted over a

range of ± 12 semitones (± 1 octave).

ranspose can be set in the Function mode (page 66).

■ Tuning • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Tuning determines the ﬁne pitch setting of both the main voice and the bass/chord

accompaniment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to

accurately match the tuning with that of other instruments. The Tuning settings

can be adjusted over a range of ± 100 (approx. ± 1 semitone).

uning can be set in the Function mode (page 66).

You can switch the Light Guide on or off.

The Light Guide can be used as a keyboard guide during song playback, while

you are using the Lesson or the Dictionary function.

Turn the Light Guide ON or OFF.

Press the [LIGHT ON/OFF] button.

Transpose and Tuning

• The Transpose function has no

effect on the Drum Kits voices

(#109 - #120).

• The Tuning settings have no

effect on the Drum Kit voices

(#109 - #120).

Light Guide On and Off

• Playing while looking at the

lights for a long period of time

may cause eyestrain or stiff-

ness in your neck and shoul-

ders. For your health and

comfort, we recommend that

you take a ten-minute break

after every hour of playing.

LIGHT

-03

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Effects

The EZ-250i is equipped with a wide variety of effects that can be used to enhance the sound

of the voices. The EZ-250i has three separate effect systems — Harmony, Reverb and Chorus

— and each has many different effect types to choose from.

The Harmony section features a variety of performance effects that enhance the

melodies you play when using the accompaniment styles of the EZ-250i. A total

of twenty-six Harmony types are available. (See page 31.)

Tremolo, Trill and Echo effects can be used even if accompaniment is off.

There are ﬁve different Harmony Types that automatically create harmony parts

(for notes played in the upper area of the keyboard) to match the accompaniment

chords.

Turn on/off the Harmony effect.

Press the [HARMONY] button.

Harmony type and Harmony

Volume (when Harmony Type 1 - 5 is selected) can

be set in the Function mode (page 67).

The Reverb effect reproduces the natural ambient “wash” of sound that occurs

when a instrument is played in a room or concert hall. A total of nine different

Reverb types simulating various different performance environments are avail-

able. (See page 32.)

The following par

ameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67).

CATEGORY SELECT

Effect Reverb Type

Main Voice Reverb Send Level

Dual Voice Reverb Send Level

Split Voice Reverb Send Level

Harmony

• For the ﬁrst ﬁve Harmony Types

(Duet, Trio, Block, Country, and

Octave), chords must be played

in the Accompaniment area of

the keyboard.

The Harmony voice(s) change in

pitch to best match the chords

you play.

• The speed of the Trill, Tremolo,

and Echo effects depends on the

Tempo setting (page 31).

• Each voice of the EZ-250i has its

own independent Harmony set-

ting.

GrandPno

001

-03

Indicates Harmony

effect is on.

Reverb

• Nine additional Reverb Types are

available when controlling the

EZ-250i from a MIDI device. (For

details, See page 80.)

• Each style of the EZ-250i has its

own independent Reverb setting.

Effects

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The Chorus effect lets you enhance the sound of the voices with the use of pitch

modulation. Two basic types are provided: Chorus and Flanger. Chorus produces

a thicker, warmer, and more animated sound, whereas Flanger creates a swirling,

metallic effect. A total of four Chorus types are available. (See page 32.)

The following par

ameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67).

The Sustain effect automatically adds a slow, natural decay to the voice sound

when the keys are released.

Sustain on/of

f can be set in the Function mode (page 66).

CATEGORY SELECT

Effect Chorus Type

Main Voice Chorus Send Level

Dual Voice Chorus Send Level

Split Voice Chorus Send Level

Chorus

Sustain

Effects

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

■ Effect Types

● Harmony Types

No. Harmony Type Display Name Description

1 Duet Duet Harmony types 1 - 5 are pitch-based and add one-, two- or three-

note harmonies to the single-note melody played in the right hand.

These types only sound when chords are played in the auto accom-

paniment area of the keyboard.

2 Trio Trio

3 Block Block

4 Country Country

5 Octave Octave

6 Trill 1/4 note Tril1/4 Types 6 - 26 are rhythm-based effects and add embellishments or

delayed repeats in time with the auto accompaniment. These types

sound whether the auto accompaniment is on or not; however, the

actual speed of the effect depends on the Tempo setting (page 38).

The individual note values in each type let you synchronize the ef-

fect precisely to the rhythm. Triplet settings are also available: 1/6

= quarter-note triplets, 1/12 = eighth-note triplets, 1/24 = sixteenth-

note triplets.

• The Trill effect Types (6 - 12) create two-note trills (alternating

notes) when two notes are held.

• The Tremolo effect Types (13 - 19) repeat all held notes (up to

four).

• The Echo effect Types (20 - 26) create delayed repeats of each

note played.

7 Trill 1/6 note Tril1/6

8 Trill 1/8 note Tril1/8

9 Trill 1/12 note Tril1/12

10 Trill 1/16 note Tril1/16

11 Trill 1/24 note Tril1/24

12 Trill 1/32 note Tril1/32

13 Tremolo 1/4 note Trem1/4

14 Tremolo 1/6 note Trem1/6

15 Tremolo 1/8 note Trem1/8

16 Tremolo 1/12 note Trem1/12

17 Tremolo 1/16 note Trem1/16

18 Tremolo 1/24 note Trem1/24

19 Tremolo 1/32 note Trem1/32

20 Echo 1/4 note Echo1/4

21 Echo 1/6 note Echo1/6

22 Echo 1/8 note Echo1/8

23 Echo 1/12 note Echo1/12

24 Echo 1/16 note Echo1/16

25 Echo 1/24 note Echo1/24

26 Echo 1/32 note Echo1/32

Effects

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

● Reverb Types

● Chorus Types

No. Reverb Type Display Name Description

1 Hall 1 Hall1 Concert hall reverb.

2 Hall 2 Hall2

3 Hall 3 Hall3

4 Room 1 Room1 Small room reverb.

5 Room 2 Room2

6 Stage 1 Stage1 Reverb for solo instruments.

7 Stage 2 Stage2

8 Plate 1 Plate1 Simulated steel plate reverb.

9 Plate 2 Plate2

10 Off Off No effect.

No. Chorus Type Display Name Description

1 Chorus 1 Chorus1 Conventional chorus program with rich, warm chorusing.

2 Chorus 2 Chorus2

3 Flanger 1 Flanger1 Pronounced three-phase modulation with a slight metallic sound.

4 Flanger 2 Flanger2

5 Off Off No effect.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Selecting and Playing Styles

The EZ-250i provides dynamic rhythm/accompaniment patterns (styles) — as well as voice set-

tings appropriate for each style — for various popular musical categories.

A total of 100 different styles are available, in several different categories. Each style is made up of separate

“sections” — Intro, Main A and B, and Ending — letting you call up different accompaniment sections as you

perform.

The auto accompaniment features that are built into the rhythms add the excitement of instrumental backing to

your performance, letting you control the accompaniment by the chords you play. Auto accompaniment effec-

tively splits the keyboard into two areas: The upper is used for playing a melody line, and the lower (set by

default to keys F#2 and lower) is for the auto accompaniment function.

The EZ-250i also features the convenient Dictionary function (page 42). Dictionary provides you with a built-in

“chord encyclopedia” that teaches you how to play any chord you specify by showing you the appropriate notes

in the display.

1 Press the [STYLE] button.

2 Select the desired style number.

The categories of each styles and their numbers are shown

on the panel. A complete style list of the available styles is

given on page 75.

Selecting a Style

8BtModrn

001

Style number and name

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

■ Use the numeric keypad.

Style numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19).

You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the style number, or use the

[+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the styles.

The panel buttons below function as style controls.

1 Turn on the auto accompaniment.

Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn on (enable) the auto accompani-

ment.

• Rhythm sounds and ﬁll-in sec-

tions are not available when one

of the Pianist styles (#093 - #100)

are selected.

Playing the Styles

Pressing this button alter-

nately starts and stops

style playback.

Pressing this button alter-

nately enables and cancels

the bass and chord accom-

paniment. (See below.)

This controls the Intro, Ending

and Ritardand sections.

(See pages 36, 37.)

Pressing this button alter-

nately enables and cancels

the Sync Start function.

(See page 35.)

Pressing this button switches

between the Main A and Main B

sections, automatically adding a

ﬁll-in pattern before changing the

section. (See page 39.)

8BtModrn

001

Indicates that auto

accompaniment is on.

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

2 Start the style.

You can do this in one of the following ways:

■ Pressing the [START/STOP] button

The rhythm starts playing immediately without bass and chord accompani-

ment. The currently selected Main A or B section will play.

You can select the Main A or B section by pressing the appropriate button —

[MAIN A/B] — before pressing the [START/STOP] button. (The display

shows the letter of the selected section: “MAIN A” or “MAIN B.”)

■ Using Tap Tempo to Start

This useful feature lets you tap out the speed (tempo) of the style and auto-

matically start the style at that tapped speed.

Simply tap the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times (or three times for a 3/4

time style), and the style starts automatically at the tempo you tapped. You

can also change the tempo while the style is playing by tapping the

[TEMPO/TAP] button twice at the desired tempo.

■ Using Sync Start

The EZ-250i also has a Sync Start function that allows you to start the style

by simply pressing a key on the keyboard. To use Sync Start, ﬁrst press the

[SYNC START] button (the beat mark ﬂashes to indicate Sync Start stand-

by), then press any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on,

play a key or chord in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.)

MAIN A

Indicates selected section (Main A or B).

Auto accompaniment

area

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Starting with an Intro section

Each style has its own two- or four-measure Intro section. When used with the auto accompaniment, many of the

Intro sections also include special chord changes and embellishments to enhance your performance.

To start with an Intro section:

1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro.

2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button.

To actually start the Intro section, press the [START/STOP] button.

Using Sync Start with an Intro section

You can also use the Sync Start function with the special Intro section of the selected style.

To use Sync Start with an Intro section:

1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro.

2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button.

3) Press the [SYNC START] button to enable Sync Start, and start the Intro section and accompaniment by play-

ing any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on, play a key or chord in the auto accompani-

ment area of the keyboard.)

MAIN A

Indicates selected section (Main A or B).

INTRO≥A

Indicates Intro standby.

MAIN A

Indicates selected section (Main A or B).

INTRO≥A

Indicates Intro standby.

Auto accompaniment

area

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

3 Change chords using the auto accompaniment feature.

Try playing a few successive chords with your left hand, and notice how the

bass and chord accompaniment change with each chord you play. (Refer to

page 40 for more information on how to use auto accompaniment.)

4 Stop the style.

You can do this in one of three ways:

■ Pressing the [START/STOP] button

The style stops playing immediately.

■ Using an Ending section

Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. The style stops after the Ending

section is ﬁnished.

■ Pressing the [SYNC START] button

This immediately stops the style and automatically enables Sync Start, let-

ting you restart the style by simply playing a chord or key in the auto accom-

paniment area of the keyboard.

• The [ACMP ON/OFF] button can

also be used to turn off and on

the bass/chord accompaniment

while playing — allowing you to

create dynamic rhythmic breaks

in your performance.

• Chords played in the auto

accompaniment area of the key-

board are also detected and

played when the style is stopped.

In effect, this gives you a “split

keyboard,” with bass and chords

in the left hand and the normally

selected voice in the right.

ENDING

To have the Ending section gradually slow down (ritardando)

as it is playing, press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button twice

quickly.

END/rit.

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The tempo of style playback can be adjusted over a range of 32 - 280 bpm (beats

per minute).

1 Call up the Tempo setting.

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button.

2 Change the value.

Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–]

buttons to increase or decrease the value.

Changing the Tempo

• When style playback is stopped

and a different style is selected,

the tempo returns to the default

setting of the new style. When

switching styles during play-

back, the last tempo setting is

maintained. (This allows you to

keep the same tempo, even

when changing styles.)

Current Tempo value

TEMPO

128

001

Restoring the Default Tempo

Value

Each song and style has been

given a default or standard Tempo

setting. If you’ve changed the

Tempo, you can instantly restore

the default setting by pressing both

[+]/[–] buttons simultaneously

(when Tempo is selected).

• You can also use the convenient

Tap Tempo function to change

the tempo by “tapping” a new

one in real time. (See page 35.)

About the Beat Display

This section of the display provides a convenient, easy-

to-understand indication of the rhythm — for song and

style playback. The ﬂashing “metronome” icons indi-

cate both the downbeats and upbeats of a measure as fol-

lows:

Indicates the ﬁrst beat of the measure

(downbeat)

Indicates an upbeat

Indicates a downbeat

(other than the ﬁrst beat)

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

While the style is playing, you can add variation in the rhythm/accompaniment by

pressing the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button. This switches between the Main A and

Main B sections, automatically playing a ﬁll-in pattern to smoothly lead into the

next section. For example, if the Main A section is currently playing, pressing this

button automatically plays a ﬁll-in pattern, followed by the Main B section. (See

illustration below.)

You can also select either the Main A or B section to start by pressing the [MAIN/

AUTO FILL] button before starting the style.

The playback volume of the style can be adjusted in the Function mode (pa

ge 67).

This volume control affects only the Style volume. The volume range is 000 -

127.

Accompaniment Sections (Main A/B and Fill-ins)

FIll

A≥B

This appears while the ﬁll-in

pattern is playing.

1234123412341233

...a fill-in pattern

plays from here...

...and the Main

A or B section

begins here.

If you press the

[MAIN/AUTO FILL]

button here, after

beat 4...

...a fill-in pattern

plays immediately

until the end of the

measure...

...and the Main A

or B section

begins here.

If you press the

[MAIN/AUTO FILL]

button before beat

4...

beat

1st measure 2nd measure 3rd measure

About the Fill-in Patterns

Adjusting the Style Volume

• Style Volume cannot be changed

unless the Style mode is active.

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

When it is set to on (page 34), the auto accompaniment function automatically

generates bass and chord accompaniment for you to play along with, by using

Multi Fingering operation. You can change the chords of the accompaniment by

playing keys in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard using either the

“Single Finger” or “Fingered” method. With Single Finger you can simply play a

one-, two- or three-ﬁnger chord indication (see Single Finger Chords below). The

Fingered technique is that of conventionally playing all the notes of the chord.

Whichever method you use, the EZ-250i “understands” what chord you indicate

and then automatically generates the accompaniment.

■ Single Finger Chords • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Chords that can be produced in Single Finger operation are major, minor, seventh

and minor seventh. The illustration shows how to produce the four chord types.

(The key of C is used here as an example; other keys follow the same rules. For

example, Bb7 is played as Bb and A.)

■ Fingered Chords • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Using the key of C as an example, the chart below shows the types of chords that

can be recognized in the Fingered mode.

Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering

To play a major chord:

Press the root note of

the chord.

To play a minor chord:

Press the root note

together with the nearest

black key to the left of it.

To play a seventh chord:

Press the root note

together with the nearest

white key to the left of it.

To play a minor seventh

chord: Press the root note

together with the nearest

white and black keys to

the left of it (three keys

altogether).

( )

(9)

( )

(9)

Caug

( )

CmM

( )

(9)

CmM

( )

CmM

(9)

( )

Cdim

(9)

( )

(13)

( )

(b9)

( )

(b13)

Csus

1+2+5

( )

(9)

(#11)

( )

(b5)

( )

(#11)

(#9)

( )

C aug

(

11)

( )

CM aug

( )

C sus

( )

● Example for “C” chords

* Notes enclosed in parentheses are optional; the chords will be recognized without them.

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Chord Name/[Abbreviation] Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display

Major [M] 1 - 3 - 5 C C

Add ninth [(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - 5 C(9) C(9)

Sixth [6] 1 - (3) - 5 - 6 C6 C6

Sixth ninth [6(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 6 C6(9) C6(9)

Major seventh [M7] 1 - 3 - (5) - 7 or

1 - (3) - 5 - 7

CM7 CM7

Major seventh ninth [M7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 7 CM7(9) CM7(9)

Major seventh add sharp eleventh [M7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - 7 or

1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - 7

CM7(#11) CM7(#11)

Flatted ﬁfth [(b5)] 1 - 3 - b5C(b5) Cb5

Major seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [M7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - 7 CM7b5 CM7b5

Suspended fourth [sus4] 1 - 4 - 5 Csus4 Csus4

Augmented [aug] 1 - 3 - #5 Caug Caug

Major seventh augmented [M7aug] 1 - (3) - #5 - 7 CM7aug CM7aug

Minor [m] 1 - b3 - 5 Cm Cm

Minor add ninth [m(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - 5 Cm(9) Cm(9)

Minor sixth [m6] 1 - b3 - 5 - 6 Cm6 Cm6

Minor seventh [m7] 1 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7 Cm7

Minor seventh ninth [m7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7(9) Cm7(9)

Minor seventh add eleventh [m7(11)] 1 - (2) - b3 - 4 - 5 - (b7) Cm7(11) Cm7(11)

Minor major seventh [mM7] 1 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7 CmM7

Minor major seventh ninth [mM7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7(9) CmM7(9)

Minor seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [m7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - b7 Cm7b5 Cm7b5

Minor major seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [mM7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - 7 CmM7b5 CmM7b5

Diminished [dim] 1 - b3 - b5 Cdim Cdim

Diminished seventh [dim7] 1 - b3 - b5 - 6 Cdim7 Cdim7

Seventh [7] 1 - 3 - (5) - b7 or

1 - (3) - 5 - b7

C7 C7

Seventh ﬂatted ninth [7(b9)] 1 - b2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(b9) C7(b9)

Seventh add ﬂatted thirteenth [7(b13)] 1 - 3 - 5 - b6 - b7 C7(b13) C7(b13)

Seventh ninth [7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(9) C7(9)

Seventh add sharp eleventh [7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - b7 or

1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - b7

C7(#11) C7(#11)

Seventh add thirteenth [7(13)] 1 - 3 - (5) - 6 - b7 C7(13) C7(13)

Seventh sharp ninth [7(#9)] 1 - #2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(#9) C7(#9)

Seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - b7C7b5C7b5

Seventh augmented [7aug] 1 - 3 - #5 - b7 C7aug C7aug

Seventh suspended fourth [7sus4] 1 - 4 - (5) - b7 C7sus4 C7sus4

One plus two plus ﬁve [1+2+5] 1 - 2 - 5 C1+2+5 C

• Notes in parentheses can be

omitted.

• Playing two same root keys in the

adjacent octaves produces

accompaniment based only on

the root.

• A perfect ﬁfth (1 + 5) produces

accompaniment based only on

the root and ﬁfth which can be

used with both major and minor

chords.

• The chord ﬁngerings listed are all

in “root” position, but other inver-

sions can be used — with the fol-

lowing exceptions:

m7, m7

5, 6, m6, sus4, aug,

dim7, 7

5, 6(9), 1+2+5.

• Inversion of the 7sus4 and

m7(11) chords are not recog-

nized if the notes shown in

parentheses are omitted.

• The auto accompaniment will

sometimes not change when

related chords are played in

sequence (e.g. some minor

chords followed by the minor sev

enth).

• Two-note ﬁngerings will produce

a chord based on the previously

played chord.

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The Dictionary function is essentially a built-in “chord book” that shows you the

individual notes of chords. It is ideal when you know the name of a certain chord

and want to quickly learn how to play it.

1 Press the [Dict.] button.

2 Specify the root of the chord.

Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord root (as

printed on the panel).

3 Specify the type of the chord (major, minor, seventh, etc.).

Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord type (as

printed on the panel).

Dictionary

• Make sure to turn on the Light

Guide function when using the

Dictionary function.

Dict.

001

Pressing this key selects

the root G.

Dict.

001

Pressing this key selects the major

seventh chord type (M7).

Notation of chord

Chord name (root and type)

• For a few speciﬁc chords, not all

notes may be shown in the nota-

tion section of the display. This is

due to space limitations in the

display.

• You can also show the inversion

of chord when using [+]/[–] but-

ton.

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

4 Play the chord.

Play the chord by pressing the keys that light in the ACMP area of the key-

board. The chord name ﬂashes in the display when the correct notes are held

down. (Inversions for many of the chords are also recognized.)

To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button again.

Dict.

001

Flashes when correct notes are held.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • What is a Chord? • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

The simple answer: Three or more notes played simultaneously is a chord. (Two notes played

together is an “interval” — an interval being the distance between two different notes. This is also

referred to as a “harmony.”) Depending on the intervals between the three or more notes, a chord

can sound beautiful or muddy and dissonant.

The organization of notes in the example at left — a triad chord — pro-

duces a pleasant, harmonious sound. Triads are made up of three notes

and are the most basic and common chords in most music.

In this triad, the lowest note is the “root.” The root is the most important note in the chord, because

it anchors the sound harmonically by determining its “key” and forms the basis for how we hear the

other notes of the chord.

The second note of this chord is four semitones higher than the ﬁrst, and the third is three semitones

higher than the second. Keeping our root note ﬁxed and changing these notes by a semitone up or

down (sharp or ﬂat), we can create four different chords.

Keep in mind that we can also change the “voicing” of a chord — for example, change the order of

the notes (called “inversions”), or play the same notes in different octaves — without changing the

basic nature of the chord itself.

Major chord

(ex. C)

Minor chord

(ex. Cm)

Augmented chord

(ex. Caug)

Diminished chord

(ex. Cdim)

Minor 3rd Major 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Major 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Minor 3rd

Inversion examples for the key of C

Selecting and Playing Styles

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Beautiful sounding harmonies can be built in this manner. The use of intervals and chords is one of

the most important elements in music. A wide variety of emotions and feelings can be created

depending on the types of chords used and the order in which they are arranged.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Writing Chord Names • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Knowing how to read and write chord names is an easy yet invaluable skill. Chords are often writ-

ten in a kind of shorthand that makes them instantly recognizable (and gives you the freedom to

play them with the voicing or inversion that you prefer). Once you understand the basic principles

of harmony and chords, it’s very simple to use this shorthand to write out the chords of a song.

First, write the root note of the chord in an uppercase letter. If you need to specify sharp or ﬂat,

indicate that to the right of the root. The chord type should be indicated to the right as well. Exam-

ples for the key of C are shown below.

One important point: Chords are made up of notes “stacked” on top of each other, and the stacked

notes are indicated in the chord name of the chord type as a number — the number being the dis-

tance of the note from the root. (See the keyboard diagram below.) For example, the minor 6th

chord includes the 6th note of the scale, the major 7th chord has the 7th note of the scale, etc.

The Intervals of the Scale

To better understand the intervals and the numbers

used to represent them in the chord name, study this

diagram of the C major scale:

Other Chords

Major chord

Minor chord

Augmented chord

Caug

Diminished chord

Cdim

For simple major chords, the type is omitted.

CDEFGABCDE

Root

2nd

4th

3rd

5th

7th

6th

Octave

11th

9th

Dominant 7th (ﬂatted 7th)

Csus4

5th 4th

Dominant

7th

Major chord

Cm7

Dominant

7th

Minor chord

CM7

7th Major chord

Cm7bb

Dominant

7th

Diminished

chord

Cm6

Minor

chord

6th

C(9)

9th

* Bbb = A

Cdim7

Diminished 7th

(double ﬂatted

7th)

Diminished

chord

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Selecting and Playing Songs

The Song mode features 80 special songs that have been created using the rich and dynamic

sounds of the EZ-250i.

The songs are generally for your listening enjoyment; however, you can also play along with them on the key-

board. The songs of the EZ-250i can also be used with the powerful Lesson feature (page 49), a convenient tool

that makes learning songs fun and easy.

You can also transfer song data from your computer to the EZ-250i for playback. For details, see page 58.

1 Press the [SONG] button.

2 Select the desired song number.

The categories of each song and their numbers are shown on the panel. A

complete list of the available songs is given on page 15.

■ Use the numeric keypad.

Song numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19).

You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the song number, or use the

[+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the song.

Selecting a Song

HardDays

001

-03

Song number and name

Selecting and Playing Songs

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The Panel buttons below function as Song controls.

1 Start the selected song.

Press the [START/STOP] button. As the song plays back, the measure num-

ber and playing keys are shown in the display.

2 Stop the song.

Press the [START/STOP] button. If playback was started by pressing the

[START/STOP] button, the selected song stops automatically.

Playing the Songs

Reverses the playback

position.

Starts and stops

song playback.

Pauses playback. Advances the playback

position.

Turns on the A-B Repeat

function (page 47).

• You can play along with the song

using the currently selected

voice, or even select a different

voice for playing along. Simply

call up the Voice mode while the

song is playing back and select

the desired voice. (See page 23.)

Playing the Flash Memory Song

The EZ-250i can play a song loaded into its internal ﬂash memory. To do this, you’ll need to connect the EZ-250i to

a personal computer, and use the “Song Filer” software to transmit the song from the computer.

For more information on Flash songs and Song Filer, refer to page 58.

Select the song number 081-180 using numeric keypad in the same way as preset songs.

Selecting and Playing Songs

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The convenient A-B Repeat function is an ideal aid for practicing and learning. It

allows you to specify a phrase of a song (between point A and point B) and repeat

it — while you play or practice along with it.

1 While playing a song, set point A (the start point).

During playback, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once, at the beginning

point to be repeated.

2 Set point B (the end point).

As the song continues playing, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once again,

at the ending point to be repeated. The selected phrase repeats indeﬁnitely

until stopped.

3 Pause or stop playback as needed.

Use the [ PAUSE] button or [START/STOP] button. Stopping playback

does not cancel the set A/B points or the A-B Repeat function.

4 Turn off the A-B Repeat function.

Press the [A-B REPEAT] button.

A-B Repeat

REPEAT

A-

006

• The A and B points can only be

speciﬁed at the beginning of a

measure (beat 1), and not at any

point in the middle of a measure.

• To set the A point to the begin-

ning of a song, press the [A-B

REPEAT] button before starting

playback.

• If you’re repeat practicing a par-

ticularly difﬁcult section, try slow-

ing down the Tempo to an

appropriate speed to make it eas

ier to play and master the part.

You may also want to slow down

the Tempo while setting the A

and B points; this makes it easier

to accurately set the points.

• You can also set the A-B Repeat

function when the song is

stopped. Simply use the

[ REW] and [ FF] buttons to

select the desired measures,

pressing the [A-B REPEAT] but-

ton for each point, then start play

back.

REPEAT

A-b

012

REPEAT

oFF

Selecting and Playing Songs

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The EZ-250i lets you play a melody on the keyboard along with each of the songs,

either with the original melody voice or one of your own selection. The conve-

nient Melody Voice Change feature takes this one step further — it lets you

replace the original voice used for the melody of the song with the panel voice of

your own selection. For example, if the current voice selected on the panel is

piano but the song’s melody is being played by a ﬂute voice, using Melody Voice

Change will change the ﬂute melody voice to piano.

1 Select the desired song.

Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to

select the desired song. (See page 45.)

2 Select the desired voice.

Press the [VOICE] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to

select the desired voice. (See page 23.)

3 Press and hold down the [VOICE] button for at least one

second.

“MELODY VOICE CHANGE” appears in the display, indicating that the

selected panel voice has replaced the song’s original melody voice.

The playback volume of the song can be adjusted in the Function mode (page 67).

This volume control affects only the Song volume. The volume range is 000 -

127.

Melody Voice Change

• Playing a voice which is selected

by the melody voice change may

differ from the original voice,

since the voice is added as an

effect for the selected song.

MELODY V

012

Adjusting the Song Volume

• Song Volume cannot be changed

unless the Song mode is active.

(This function becomes Style Vol

ume when the Style mode is

active.)

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Song Lesson

The Lesson feature provides an exceptionally fun and easy-to-use way to learn how to play the

keyboard. Lesson lets you practice the left- and right-hand parts of each song independently,

step by step, until you’ve mastered them and are ready to practice with both hands together.

These practices are divided into four Lesson steps, as described below. Lessons 1 - 3 apply to

each hand; press the appropriate button, L (left) or R (right) to select the desired part for prac-

tice. Try practicing with the Lessons, following the Light Guide.

■ Lesson 1 — Timing

This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note

can be used, as long as you play in rhythm.

■ Lesson 2 — Waiting

In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes

before continuing playback of the song.

■ Lesson 3 — Minus One

This lesson step plays back the song with one part muted, letting you play

and master the missing part (following the Light Guide) yourself — in

rhythm and at the proper tempo.

■ Lesson 4 — Both Hands

Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3,

except that both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play

and master both hands at the same time.

1 Select one of the Lesson songs.

Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to

select the desired song.

Using the Lesson Feature

FurElise

020

Song Lesson

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

2 Select the part you wish to work on (left or right) and the

Lesson step.

If you want to work on the right-hand part, press the [R] button; to work on

the left, press the [L] button. Pressing either button repeatedly cycles

through the available Lesson steps in order: Lesson 1 → Lesson 2 → Lesson

3 → Off → Lesson 1, etc. The selected Lesson step is indicated in the dis-

play.

To select Lesson 4, press both [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously.

3 Start the Lesson.

The Lesson and song playback start automatically (following a lead-in

count) as soon as the Lesson step is selected. When the Lesson is ﬁnished,

your performance “grade” is shown in the display. After a short pause, the

Lesson begins again automatically.

4 Press the [START/STOP] button to stop the Lesson.

The EZ-250i exits from the Lesson feature automatically when the [START/

STOP] button is pressed.

Waiting

MinusOne

FurElise

020

Waiting

MinusOne

FurElise

020

Timing

(Song Lesson off)(Song Lesson off)

BothHand

Lr4

Song Lesson

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

This function allows you to select the track number of a loaded song from com-

puter (only SMF format 0).

The tr

ack number of the song can be speciﬁed in the Function mode (page 67)

This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note can be

used, as long as you play in rhythm. Pick a note to play. For the left hand, use a

note in the auto accompaniment area or play the appropriate left-hand note; for

the right, play a note above F#2. Simply concentrate on playing each note in time

with the rhythmic accompaniment.

1 Select one of the Lesson songs.

2 Select Lesson 1.

Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 1 is indicated

3 Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song.

After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the appropriate notes

appear in the display. In Lesson 1, simply play one note repeatedly in time

with the music.

Regarding chords and the use of the left hand, the EZ-250i actually has two

different types of songs: 1) songs with normal left-hand chords, and 2) songs

in which the left hand plays arpeggios or melodic ﬁgures in combination

with the right.

In the case of the ﬁrst type, play the chords with your left hand in the auto

accompaniment area of the keyboard.

Select the Lesson Track

Lesson 1 — Timing

• The melody note does not sound

unless your playing is in time with

the rhythm.

• Make sure to turn on the Light

Guide function when using the

Lesson.

Timing

Auto accompaniment

area

Song Lesson

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes before con-

tinuing playback of the song. This lets you practice reading the music at your

own pace. The notes to be played are shown in the display, one after another, as

you play them correctly. The Light Guide shows you which keys to play.

1 Select one of the Lesson songs.

2 Select Lesson 2.

Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 2 is indi-

cated.

3 Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song.

After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows

you which keys to play. In Lesson 2, play the correct notes at your own pace,

until you can master playing them in rhythm.

This lesson step lets you practice one part of the song in rhythm at the proper

tempo. The EZ-250i plays back the song with one part muted (either the left part

or the right)— letting you play and master the missing part yourself. The notes

you are to play are shown continuously in the display and Light Guide as the song

plays back.

1 Select one of the Lesson songs.

2 Select Lesson 3.

Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 3 is indi-

cated.

Lesson 2 — Waiting

• Make sure to turn on the Light

Guide function when using the

Lesson.

• Depending on the selected song,

the rhythm part may be muted for

Lesson 2.

Waiting

Lesson 3 — Minus One

MinusOne

Song Lesson

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

3 Play the appropriate part with the song.

After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows

you which keys to play. In Lesson 3, listen carefully to the un-muted part,

and play the muted part yourself.

Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3, except that

both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play and master both

hands at the same time. Go on to this lesson step after you’ve mastered each

hand’s part in the previous three lesson steps. Practice both hands in time with the

rhythm along with the notation and Light Guide.

1 Select one of the Lesson songs.

2 Select Lesson 4.

Press the [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously, so that Lesson 4 is indicated.

3 Play both the left- and right-hand parts with the song.

After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows

you which keys to play. In Lesson 4, both parts (left and right) are muted,

letting you play the entire song by yourself.

The Lesson feature has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing

of the Lesson songs, and just like a real teacher, it indicates how well you did each

exercise. Four grades are assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,”

“Good,” “Very Good!,” and “Excellent!.”

Lesson 4 — Both Hands

BothHand

Lr4

Grade

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

MIDI Functions

Nearly all of the electronic musical instruments made today-particularly synthesizers, sequencers

and computer music related devices-use MIDI. MIDI is a worldwide standard that allows these

devices to send and receive performance and setting data. Naturally, this instrument lets you send

your keyboard performance as MIDI data, as well as that of the styles and panel settings.

The potential MIDI holds for your live performance and music creation/production is enor-

mous-simply by connecting this instrument to a computer and transmitting MIDI data. In this

section, you'll learn the basics of MIDI and the particular MIDI functions of this instrument.

No doubt you have heard the terms "acoustic instrument" and "digital instrument." In the world today,

these are the two main categories of instruments. Let's consider an acoustic piano and a classical guitar

as representative acoustic instruments. They are easy to understand. With the piano, you strike a key,

and a hammer inside hits some strings and plays a note. With the guitar, you directly pluck a string and

the note sounds. But how does a digital instrument go about playing a note?

As shown in the illustration above, in an electronic instrument the sampling note (previously

recorded note) stored in the tone generator section (electronic circuit) is played based on informa-

tion received from the keyboard. So then what is the information from the keyboard that becomes

the basis for note production?

For example, let's say you play a "C" quarter note using the grand piano sound on the instrument.

Unlike an acoustic instrument that puts out a resonated note, the electronic instrument puts out

information from the keyboard such as "with what voice," "with which key," "about how strong,"

"when was it pressed," and "when was it released." Then each piece of information is changed into

a number value and sent to the tone generator. Using these numbers as a basis, the tone generator

plays the stored sampling note.

● Example of Keyboard Information

Voice number (with what voice) 01 (grand piano)

Note number (with which key) 60 (C3)

Note on (when was it pressed) and

note off (when was it released)

Timing expressed numerically (quarter note)

Velocity (about how strong) 120 (strong)

What Is MIDI?

Acoustic guitar note production Digital instrument note production

Pluck a string and the body

resonates the sound.

Based on playing information from the keyboard, a

sampling note stored in the tone generator is played

through the speakers.

Tone Generator

(Electronic circuit)

Sampling

Note

Sampling

Note

Playing the keyboard

MIDI Functions

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Your keyboard performance and all panel operations of this instrument are processed as MIDI

data. The auto accompaniment patterns (styles) are also made up of MIDI data.

MIDI is an acronym that stands for Musical Instrument Digital Interface and it allows different

musical instruments and devices to instantly communicate with each other, via digital data. The

MIDI standard is used all over the world and was designed to transmit performance data between

electronic musical instruments. (and computers).

MIDI messages can be divided into two groups: Channel messages and System messages.

● Channel Messages

This instrument is capable of handling 16 MIDI channels simultaneously—mean-

ing it can play up to sixteen different instruments at the same time. Channel mes-

sages transmit information such as Note ON/OFF, Program Change, for each of

the 16 channels.

● System Messages

This is data that is used in common by the entire MIDI system. System messages

include messages like Exclusive Messages that transmit data unique to each

instrument manufacturer and Realtime Messages that control the MIDI device.

The messages transmitted/received by the EZ-250i are shown in the MIDI Imple-

mentation Chart on page 78.

Message Name EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting

Note ON/OFF Messages which are generated when the keyboard is played. Each

message includes a specific note number which corresponds to the

key which is pressed, plus a velocity value based on how hard the

key is stuck.

Program Change Voice number (along with corresponding bank select MSB/LSB set-

tings, if necessary).

Control Change Messages that are used to change some aspect of the sound (vol-

ume, etc.).

Message Name EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting

Exclusive Message Reverb setting, etc.

Realtime Messages Clock, Start/stop operations

GM System Level 1

“GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible

music data can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufac-

turer. The GM mark is afﬁxed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level

1. The EZ-250i supports GM System Level 1.

MIDI Functions

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Connecting this instrument to a computer enables a wide range of powerful and

useful musical possibilties. You can transfer MIDI data back and forth with your

computer for music recording/playback, and with the special Song Filer software

(contained in the included CD-ROM), you can copy data from your computer to

memory card.

Connect one end of a USB cable to the USB terminal on the rear panel of this

instrument to the USB terminal on your computer. You'll also need to install the

USB-MIDI driver (also in the included CD-ROM) to your computer. For details,

see the “CD-ROM Installation Guide”.

Connecting to a Personal Computer

Viewing the Notation for MIDI

Channel 1

• The EZ-250i has a special func-

tion that lets you view the notes

of the MIDI data (channel 1 only)

on the display.

EZ-250i

Computer

(sequencer software)

USB Cable

MIDI LSB Receive Cancel

Determines whether the LSB data of Bank Select is received or

not. Press and hold the lowest key and turn on the power to change

the setting (LSB is ignored).

To restore MIDI LSB Receive Cancel to normal (LSB is recog-

nized), turn on the power again normally.

MIDI Functions

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

This function lets you enable or disable keyboard control over the EZ-250i’s

voices in the Function mode (pa

ge 67). This would come in handy, for example,

when recording notes to MIDI sequencer. If you are using the sequencer to play

back the voices of the EZ-250i, you would want to set this to “off” — in order to

avoid getting “double” notes, both from the keyboard and from the sequencer.

Normally, when playing the EZ-250i by itself, this should be set to “on.”

This determines whether the style and song playback functions are controlled by

the PortaTone’s internal clock (off) or by MIDI clock data from an external

sequencer or computer (on).

This should be set to on when you want to have style or song playback follow the

external device (such as a rhythm machine or a sequencer). The default setting is

off.

These settings can be made in the Function mode (pa

ge 67).

The most common use for the Initial Setup Send function is in recording a song

on a sequencer that is intended for playback with the EZ-250i. Essentially, this

takes a “snapshot” of the EZ-250i settings and sends that data to the sequencer.

By recording this “snapshot” at the start of the song (before any actual perfor-

mance data), you can instantly restore the necessary settings on the EZ-250i in the

Function mode (pa

ge 67). Provided there is a pause in the song, you could also do

this in the middle of a song — for example, completely changing the EZ-250i set-

tings for the next section of the song.

Local Control

• No sound is output from the

EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is

set to OFF.

External Clock

• If External Clock is set to ON,

style or song playback will not

start unless external clock are

received.

Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer

• When the Initial Setup Send

operation is completed, the EZ-

250i automatically returns to the

previous panel condition.

MIDI Functions

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

The PC Mode lets you instantly reconﬁgure the MIDI control settings for use with

a computer or MIDI device.

■ To turn the PC mode on or off:

Press the [PC] button and then press the appropriate [+]/[–] button. This switches

between the PC Mode on/off settings.

The EZ-250i’s internal ﬂash memory enables you to save song data transmitted from a connected per-

sonal computer. You can play or practice Flash songs (saved in ﬂash memory) in the same way as preset

songs.

To transmit song data from a personal computer to the EZ-250i, you ﬁrst need to install the “Song

Filer” application to your computer.

The total number of songs that can be loaded will depend on the data size of the songs. As an example,

about 20, 20-kilobyte songs can be loaded.

■ Installing Song Filer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

You can install the “Song Filer” application from the included CD-ROM (see

page 60).

Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page)

http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/

PC mode is on PC mode is off

LOCAL ON/OFF OFF ON

PC Mode

• No sound is output from the

EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is

set to OFF.

PC Mode

•

A "Can't Set" message appears in

the display when the USB terminal

is not connected to another device.

Loading a Song into EZ-250i’s Flash Memory

Song data that can be saved in ﬂash memory:

• The number of songs: max. 100 songs (Song #081–#180)

• Available memory: 448 KB

• Data format: SMF format 0

• Visit the Yamaha PK CLUB web-

site for more information on the

latest version of Song Filer (ver-

sion 2.0.0 or higher) and how to

install it.

MIDI Functions

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

■

Song Filer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

After you install Song Filer and connect the EZ-250i to the computer, you can use

the two functions described below.

●

Transmit Files

You can transmit song ﬁles from your computer to your EZ-250i’s Flash

Memory.

●

Manage Files on Flash Memory

You can delete and rename ﬁles in your EZ-250i’s Flash Memory from your

computer.

System requirements for Song Filer:

[Windows]

OS: Windows 95/98/Me/2000/XP

CPU: Pentium/100MHz or faster

Available Memory: 8MB or more

Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more

Display: 800 x 600, 256 colors or more

[Macintosh]

OS: Mac OS 7.5 through 9.2.2

( OSX and Mac Classic environ-

ments are not supported)

CPU: Power PC or upper

Available Memory: 8MB or more

Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more

Display:

800 x 600, 256 colors or mor

• Refer to page 56 for information

on connecting the EZ-250i to a

computer.

• You cannot use the Song Filer’s

“Receive Files” function with the

EZ-250i.

• For more information on using

Song Filer, refer to the PDF man-

ual included in the Song Filer

application.

EZ-250i

Computer

USB Cable

• Never attempt to turn the

power off while transmitting

song data. Doing so will not

only result in failure to save

the data, but also make the

internal ﬂash memory unsta-

ble. It may also clear all the

data residing in the ﬂash mem-

ory when turning the power on

and off.

• Saved data in the instrument

may be lost due to malfunction

or incorrect operation. Retain

important data to your com-

puter or ﬂoppy disk.

Selecting a right & left hand guide track

You can select a track in the Function mode (page 67) to guide your right and left hand ﬁngering during the Lesson

(page 51).

This function is available only when you select a ﬂash memory song (SMF format 0).

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide

SPECIAL NOTICES

• The software and this Installation Guide are exclusive copyrights of

Yamaha Corporation.

•

Use of the software and this guide is governed by the SOFTWARE

LICENSING AGREEMENT which the purchaser fully agrees to upon

breaking the seal of the software packaging. (Please read carefully the

AGREEMENT on pages

and

before installing the application.)

• Copying of the software or reproduction of this guide in whole or in

part by any means is expressly forbidden without the written consent of

the manufacturer.

• Yamaha makes no representations or warranties with regard to the use

of the software and documentation and cannot be held responsible for

the results of the use of this guide and the software.

•

This disc is a CD-ROM. Do not attempt to play the disc on an audio CD

player. Doing so may result in irreparable damage to your audio CD player.

• Copying of the commercially available music data is strictly prohibited

except for your personal use.

• The company names and product names in this Installation Guide are

the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

• Future upgrades of application and system software and any changes in

speciﬁcations and functions will be announced separately.

• Depending on the version of your operating system, the screen shots

and messages shown in this guide may differ to those that you see on

your computer screen.

The applications in this CD-ROM are provided in versions for both Windows

and Macintosh operating systems. The installation procedure and the applica-

tions themselves differ depending on the operating system that you are using.

For Windows

For Macintosh

*1 Song Filer cannot be used with the instrument when the instrument is in one of the following conditions. • Demo song mode

*2 The applications are supplied with online/PDF manuals.

*3 Unfortunately, Yamaha makes no guarantee concerning the stability of these programs nor can it offer user support for them.

The following steps are the same for both Windows and Macintosh.

Application/Data Name Folder Name Contents

Song Filer

*1 *2

SongFiler Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer.

USB Driver for Windows 98/Me USBdrv_

Enables communication between the MIDI instrument and your computer via a USB connection (for the

indicated version of Windows).

USB Driver for Windows 2000/XP USBdrv2k_

YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs

Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools,

enhancing your MIDI instrument experience.

Acrobat Reader

*2 *3

Acroread_ PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications.

KEYBOARDMANIA KMYE Enables playing the game or lesson.

Application/Data Name Folder Name Contents

Song Filer

*1 *2

SongFiler Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer.

Open Music System (OMS)

OMS_

Enables you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS.

OMS Setup for YAMAHA

Contains the OMS setup ﬁles for the Yamaha MIDI instrument.

USB Driver USBdrv_

Enables your computer to communicate with the MIDI instrument when your computer and the MIDI

instrument are connected using a USB cable.

YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs

Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools,

enhancing your MIDI instrument experience.

Acrobat Reader

*2 *3

Acroread_ PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications.

Contents of CD-ROM

• Never attempt to play back the included

CD-ROM on an audio CD player. Doing so

may result in damage to your hearing as

well as to your CD player/audio speakers.

CD-ROM Installation Procedure

 Verify that your system meets the operating requirements of

the software (Song Filer, driver, etc.)

See the Minimum System Requirements.

 Insert the CD-ROM to your computer.

 Click the “cancel” dialog in initial display (Windows only).

 Connect the instrument to your computer.

Refer to page 56 for details on connections.

 Install the appropriate driver to your computer, and make the

necessary settings.

See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh).

 Eject the CD-ROM.

 Install the software (KEYBOARDMANIA (Windows only),

Song Filer, etc.).

Acrobat Reader/YAMAHA USB MIDI Driver:

See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh).

 Insert the CD-ROM.

 Click the “install” dialog of KEYBOARDMANIA or Song

Filer (Windows only). Refer to “Installing Song Filer” for

Macintosh on page 64

For subsequent operations, refer to the owner’s manual for each

software program (online help/PDF manual).

• Depending on the computer system you are using, some types of

connections may not be possible.

• In order to view PDF ﬁles, you will need to install Acrobat Reader in

your computer.

See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh).

Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

For Windows

For Macintosh

Data Name OS CPU Memory Hard Disk Display Other

Song Filer

Windows 95/98/98SE/Me/2000/

XP Home Edition/XP Professional

100 MHz or higher;

Intel® Pentium®/Cele-

ron® processor family

8 MB or more

2 MB or more

800 x 600, 256

colors or more

—

USB Driver for

Windows 98/Me

Windows 98/98SE/Me

166 MHz or higher;

Intel® Pentium®/Cele-

ron®

processor family

32 MB or more

——

USB Driver for

Windows 2000/XP

Windows 2000/XP Home Edition/

XP Professional

——

KEYBOARDMANIA

Windows 98/Me/2000/XP Home

Edition/XP Professional

266 MHz or higher;

Pentium®/Celeron®

32 MB or more

500 MB or more

640 x 480 High

Color (16bit)

—

Data Name OS CPU Memory Hard Disk Display Other

Song Filer

Mac OS 7.5 through OS 9.22

(The Mac OS X and Mac Classic

environments are not supported)

A Macintosh computer

with a PowerPC or

later CPU.

8 MB or more

2 MB or more

800 x 600, 256

colors or more

—

USB Driver

Mac OS 8.6 through OS 9.22

(The Mac OS X and Mac Classic

environments are not supported)

64 MB or more

(128 MB or more

is recommended)

—

OMS 2.3.3 or

later (included in

the CD-ROM in

the package)

Minimum System Requirements

■ Software Installation • • • • • • • • • • • •

● Acrobat Reader

In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each

application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader.

 Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder.

Four different language folders will be displayed.



Select the language you want to use and double-click on its folder.

The ﬁle “ar***.exe” ﬁle will be displayed. (“***” indicates

the selected language.)

 Double-click on “ar***.exe.”

Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog box will be displayed.

 Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions.

After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on your

PC (in Program Files, as the default).

For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the Reader

Guide in the Help menu.

● USB MIDI Driver

To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB,

you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software.

The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back

and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument

via a USB cable.

For Windows Users

Uninstall (Removing the installed application)

You can remove the installed application software.

Windows 98/ME

Select [START] → [Settings] → [Control Panel] → [Add/

Remove Programs] → [Install/Uninstall], then select the

application to be removed and click [Add/Remove...].

Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application.

Windows 2000/XP

Select [START] → [Control Panel] → [Add/Remove Programs],

then select the application to be removed and click [Remove].

Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application.

• For details about the application software which has no installation

guide described below, refer to the online manual of each software.

•

The button names or menus may differ depending on the computer OS.

• If an older version of Acrobat Reader is installed on your PC, you’ll

need to uninstall it before proceeding.

EZ-250i

Driver

USB cable

MIDI instrument

Computer

Sequence

Software

• Before you install the USB MIDI driver, you can minimize the possibil-

ity of problems by putting your computer in the following state.

• Close all applications and windows that you are not using.

• Disconnect all cables from the MIDI instrument except for the

cable whose driver you are installing.

Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Installation for Windows 98/Me/2000/XP



Start the computer.

For

Windows 2000/XP

execute the following steps after the

computer is started.

Windows 2000

, use the “Administrator” account to log in,

then select [My Computer]

→

[Control Panel]

→

[System]

→

[Hardware]

→

[Driver Signing]

→

[File Signature Veriﬁ-

cation]. Check the radio button next to “Ignore — Install all

ﬁles, regardless of ﬁle signature,” then click “OK.”

Windows XP

, select [Start]

→

[Control Panel]. (If the con-

trol panel appears as shown below, click “Switch to Classic

View” at the upper left of the window to display all Control

Panel icons.) Next, go to [System]

→

[Hardware]

→

[Driver

Signing]

→

[File Signature Veriﬁcation] and check the radio

button next to “Ignore — Install software, not want to check

(I),” then click “OK.” Click “OK” to close System Proper-

ties, then close the Control Panel by clicking the close box

([x]) at the top right of the display.



Insert the included CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive and click

the “Cancel” dialog on the display.



Check that the instrument is turned off, then connect the USB

terminal of the computer to the USB terminal of the instru-

ment with a standard USB cable. Turn on the instrument, and

the message “Add New Hardware Wizard” (

Windows 98/Me/

2000

) or “Found New Hardware Wizard” (

Windows XP

)

automatically appears.

Windows Me

, check the radio button next to “Automatic

search for a better driver (Recommended)” of the Add New

Hardware Wizard, then click [Next]. The system searches for

the proper driver and installation starts automatically. Unless

you are manually installing a driver, skip directly to

step



below. If a proper driver is not found, select “Specify the

location of the driver (Advanced)” and specify the

“USBdrv_“ folder on the CD-ROM

Windows XP

, check the radio button next to “Install the soft-

ware automatically (Recommended)” of the Found New Hard-

ware Wizard, then click [Next]. The system searches for the

proper driver and installation starts automatically. Unless you are

manually installing a driver, skip directly to

step



below.



Click [Next].

From the window that appears, you can select the method of

searching for the driver.



Check the radio button next to “Search for a suitable driver for

your device. (Recommended),” then click [Next].

From this window, you can specify the location of the driver.



Windows 98

, check the “Specify a location” box, click

“Browse..”, then specify the “USBdrv_” directory of the CD-

ROM drive (such as D:\USBdrv_\) and continue the installation.

Windows 2000

, check “CD-ROM drive” and make sure all

other items are unchecked.

Click [Next]. The system searches for the driver in the CD-

ROM and prepares to install.



After conﬁrming that “YAMAHA USB MIDI Driver” is shown

in the driver search window, click [Next]. Installation starts.



When the installation is complete and a message appears to

indicate completion, click [Finish].

Windows 2000/XP

, the computer is restarted.

The driver has been properly installed.

●

Installing KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer



Insert the CD-ROM to your computer.



Click the “install” dialog of KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer.

For instructions and operation details of KEYBOARDMANIA,

refer to the PDF manuals in the “manual” folder in the CD-ROM.

To view the documentation, you’ll need to:

Click [Cancel] to exit from the Install display.

Double-click [My Computer], then RIGHT-click on [CD-ROM].

Select [OPEN], then double-click [KMYE] and double-click [manual].

For instruction and operation detail of Song Filer, refer to the

online help and PDF manual.

For the latest version of Song Filer, go to the following website.

http://www.yamahapkclub.com./english/download/

songﬁler/songﬁler.htm

• On some computers, it make take about ten seconds or so for this

display to appear after the instrument is turned on.

When using KEYBOARDMANIA, set the MIDI port to

USB according to the instructions in the manual

(see the ﬁle

KM_manual.pdf, pages 7 and 8) contained in the CD-ROM.

When using Song Filer,

follow the steps below to set the MIDI port to USB.



Connect the instrument to your computer with a USB cable.



First, turn on your computer, then the instrument, and

ﬁnally, start Song Filer.



Open the “MIDI Port Setting” from the Song Filer menu

bar, and select “USB.”

•

In some cases, the system may ask you to insert a Windows CD-ROM

while it checks for the driver. If this happens, specify the “USBdrv_“

directory of the CD-ROM drive (for example, D:\USBdrv_\) in Windows

98, or the “USBdrv2k_“ directory (for example, D:\USBdrv2k_\) in Win-

dows 2000, and continue the installation.

• The exact pathname or location of the driver may differ depend-

ing on the particular instrument and other variables.

• On some computers, it make take about ten seconds or so for this

message to appear after installation is complete.

Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

■ Software Installation • • • • • • • • • • • •

● Acrobat Reader

In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each

application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader.

 Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder.

Four different language folders will be displayed: English,

German, French and Spanish.

 Select the language you want to use and double-click on its

folder.

“Reader Installer” will be displayed.

The Installer name may differ depending on the language you

select.

 Double-click on the “Reader Installer.”

Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog will be displayed.

 Execute the installation by following the directions appearing

on the screen.

After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on

your computer (in Hard Disk, as the default).

For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the

Reader Guide in the Help menu.

● Open Music System (OMS)

OMS allows you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS

at the same time.

 Double-click on the “OMS_” folder (English version only).

“Install OMS *****” will be displayed.

 Double-click on “Install OMS *****.”

OMS Setup Dialog will be displayed.

 Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions.

After the installation, select “Restart.”

After restarting the Macintosh, you will ﬁnd the “Opcode”/

“OMS Applications” folder on your computer (Hard Disk, as

the default).

 Copy the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” in the CD-ROM to the “OMS

Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder).

Refer to the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” (English version only)

how to use the application.

 Copy the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” in the CD-ROM to the

“OMS Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder).

In the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” folder you will ﬁnd the

OMS Setup ﬁles for the Yamaha tone generators, which can

be used as templates.

● USB MIDI Driver

To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB,

you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software.

The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back

and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument

via a USB cable.

First install OMS before you install the USB-MIDI driver. Also,

after installing the driver, you will need to set up OMS (see page

64).

 Start the computer.

 Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. The

system displays the CD-ROM icon on the desktop.

 Double-click the CD-ROM icon and double-click the “Install

USB Driver” icon in the “USBdrv_” folder to display the fol-

lowing installation screen.

 The “Install Location” box displays the destination of the

installation. If you wish to change the destination disk or

folder, use the [Switch Disk] button and the pop-up menu to

specify the desired destination.

 Click the [Install] button. The system displays the following

message: “This installation requires your computer to restart

after installing this software. Click Continue to automatically

quit all other running applications.” Click [Continue].

For Macintosh Users

• After the installation is complete, you may possibly encounter an

error message warning that the installer did not close. In this

case, go to the “File” menu and select “Quit” to close the installer.

Then reboot the computer.

EZ-250i

Driver

USB cable

MIDI instrument

Computer

Sequence

Software

OMS

• This box usually displays the start-up disk as the destination.

• To cancel the installation, click [Cancel].

Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

 The installation starts. If the driver has alreadybeen installed,

the following message appears. To return to step , press

[Continue]. To complete the installation, click [Quit].

 When the installation is complete, the system displays the fol-

lowing message: “Installation was successful. You have

installed software which requires you to restart your com-

puter.” Click [Restart]. The computer automatically restarts.

You can locate the installed ﬁles in the following locations:

• [System Folder] → [Control Panels] → [YAMAHA USB

MIDI Patch]

• [System Folder] → [Extensions] → [USB YAMAHA

MIDI Driver]

• [System Folder] → [OMS Folder] → [YAMAHA USB

MIDI OMS Driver]

■ Installing Song Filer

 Double-click on the “SongFiler_” folder in the CD-ROM.

“Install Song Filer” ﬁle will be displayed.

 Double-click on the “Install Song Filer” ﬁle.

The Song Filer installation dialog will be displayed. Execute

the installation by following the on-screen directions.

 After installing, restart the computer.

For instructions and operation details, refer to the online help and

PDF manual.

* For the latest version of Song Filer, go to the following web-

site.

http://www.yamahapkclub.com./english/download/

songﬁler/songﬁler.htm

The OMS studio setup ﬁle for the MIDI instrument is contained

in the included CD-ROM. This studio setup ﬁle is used for setting

up OMS.

 Use a USB cable to connect the USB terminal of the com-

puter (or the USB hub) to the USB terminal of the MIDI

instrument and turn the MIDI instrument’ power on.

 Start the computer.

 Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your

Macintosh computer.

The CD-ROM icon appears on the desktop.

 Double-click on the CD-ROM icon, “OMS_”, and “OMS

Setup for YAMAHA.”

The ﬁle “****-USB” appears. (“****” indicates the product

name, etc.) Copy this to the hard disk on your computer.

 Double-click on the “****-USB” ﬁle to start the OMS Setup.

 After starting the OMS Setup, the Studio setup ﬁle double-

clicked in step  opens.

The OMS studio setup has been completed.

• Select “Custom Installation” if you want to access PDF manuals

in languages other than English.

Setting up OMS

• Before performing the following procedure, the OMS and USB

MIDI Driver should be installed (see page 63).

Indicates this setup is available

• If “ ” is not indicated at the left of the setup ﬁle name, select

“Make Current” from the “File” menu and execute the save opera-

tion.

• After the OMS studio setup above has been completed, your com-

puter will recognize only the MIDI instrument as a MIDI instrument. If

you use another MIDI instrument in addition to the MIDI instrument or

you add a second MIDI instrument to the existing system, you should

create an original Studio Setup ﬁle. For details, refer to the on-line

manual supplied with the OMS.

Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

SOFTWARE LICENSING

AGREEMENT

The following is a legal agreement between you, the end user,

and Yamaha Corporation (“Yamaha”). The enclosed Yamaha soft-

ware program is licensed by Yamaha to the original purchaser for

use only on the terms set forth herein. Please read this licensing

agreement with care. Opening this package indicates that you

accept all terms outlined herein. If you do not agree to the terms,

return this package unopened to Yamaha for a full refund. In the

event that you obtained the enclosed Yamaha software program(s)

as a part of a software package or software bundled with a hard-

ware product, you may not return the enclosed Yamaha software

program(s) to Yamaha.

1. GRANT OF LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT

Yamaha grants you, the original purchaser, the right to use one copy

of the enclosed software program and data (“SOFTWARE”) on a sin-

gle-user computer system. You may not use it on more than one com-

puter or computer terminal. The SOFTWARE is owned by Yamaha

and is protected by Japanese copyright laws and all applicable inter-

national treaty provisions. You are entitled to claim ownership of the

media in which the SOFTWARE is included. Therefore, you must

treat the SOFTWARE like any other copyrighted materials.

2. RESTRICTIONS

The SOFTWARE program is copyrighted. You may not engage in

reverse engineering or reproduction of the SOFTWARE by other

conceivable methods. You may not reproduce, modify, change, rent,

lease, resell, or distribute the SOFTWARE in whole or in part, or cre-

ate derivative works from the SOFTWARE. You may not transmit or

network the SOFTWARE with other computers. You may transfer

ownership of the SOFTWARE and the accompanying written materi-

als on a permanent basis provided that you retain no copies and the

recipient agrees to the terms of the licensing agreement.

3. TERMINATION

The licensing condition of the software program becomes effective

on the day that you receive the SOFTWARE. If any one of the copy-

right laws or clauses of the licensing conditions is violated, the

licensing agreement shall be terminated automatically without notice

from Yamaha. In this case, you must destroy the licensed SOFT-

WARE and its copies immediately.

4. PRODUCT WARRANTY

Yamaha warrants to the original purchaser that if the SOFTWARE,

when used in normal conditions, will not perform the functions

described in the manual provided by Yamaha, the sole remedy will be

that Yamaha will replace any media which proves defective in materi-

als or workmanship on an exchange basis without charge. Except as

expressly set forth above, the SOFTWARE is provided “as is,” and no

other warranties, either expressed or implied, are made with respect

to this software, including, without limitation the implied warranties

of merchantability and ﬁtness for a particular purpose.

5. LIMITED LIABILITY

Your sole remedies and Yamaha’s entire liability are as set forth

above. In no event will Yamaha be liable to you or any other person

for any damages, including without limitation any incidental or con-

sequential damages, expenses, lost proﬁts, lost savings or other dam-

ages arising out of the use or inability to use such SOFTWARE even

if Yamaha or an authorized dealer has been advised of the possibility

of such damages, or for any claim by any other party.

6. GENERAL

This license agreement shall be interpreted according to and gov-

erned by Japanese laws.

Depending on the Macintosh and operating system version

that you are using, the included studio setup ﬁle for the

MIDI instrument still may not work even after you have

performed the above steps. (MIDI transmission and recep-

tion will not be possible even if the setup is valid.)

In this case, use the following procedure to re-create the

setup ﬁle.



Connect the MIDI instrument and Macintosh via USB

cable, and turn on the power of the MIDI instrument.



Start up OMS Setup, and from the “File” menu, choose

“New setup.”



The OMS driver search dialog box will appear.

Uncheck both [Modem] and [Printer] if you are using a

USB connection.



Click the [Find] button to search for the device.

When a device has been found, the OMS Driver Setting

dialog box will display “USB-MIDI.”

• If the device was found correctly, click the [OK]

button to proceed.

• If the device was not found, re-check that the cable

connections are correct, and repeat the procedure

from step





Make sure that the port is shown below the device that

was found. (This will be a name such as USB-MIDI.)

Check the check box for the port, and then click the

[OK] button.



A dialog box will appear, allowing you to name the ﬁle

that will be saved. Input the desired ﬁlename, and click

[Save].

This completes the OMS setup.



From the “Studio” menu, choose “Test,” and click the

port icon.

If a channel sounds on the MIDI instrument, the system

is operating correctly.

For details on using OMS, refer to “OMS_***_Mac.pdf,”

included with OMS.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Function

The EZ-250i has a variety of settings in the Function parameters.

These give you detailed control over many of the EZ-250i’s features.

1 Select a Function name.

Press the [FUNCTION] button, repeatedly if necessary, until appropriate

Function name is appear in the display.

2 Input the appropriate value or use the [+]/[–] buttons to set

the selected Function.

● Function parameters

CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/

Settings

Description

Overall Transpose Transpos -12–12 This determines the transposition of the entire EZ-250i sound. *

Tuning Tuning -100–100 This determines the pitch of the entire EZ-250i sound . *

Split Point SplitPnt 000–127 This determines the highest key for the Split voice and sets the Split “point”

— in other words, the key that separates the Split (lower) and Main (upper)

voices. (The Split voice sounds up to and including the Split Point key.) The

default Split Point is 054 (F#2). The Split Point setting and Accompaniment

Split Point setting are automatically set to the same value.

Touch Sensitivity TouchSns 1–3 A setting of “1” results in limited touch response; this setting produces a rel-

atively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play

the keys. “2” lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud), while

“3” is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more de-

tailed control in the soft volume range. When Touch is turned off (page 27),

a constant velocity value of 80 is produced (total velocity range = 0–127).

Sustain On/Off Sustain On/Off This determines the Sustain on or off.

Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Sustain to on or off.

Using the Function parameters

• To save the Function parameters

and the Touch on/off status to

internal memory (ﬂash memory),

press and hold the [FUNCTION]

button. (See page 68.)

Transpos

• To input a negative value, simul-

taneously hold the [–] button and

enter the number.

Function

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

* The “*” mark indicates that the setting can be restored to default value by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously.

Volume Style Volume StyleVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the style, letting you create an optimum mix

with your performance.

Song Volume SongVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Song. *

Metronome

Volume

MtrVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Metronome. *

Metronome Time

Signature

TimeSig 0–15 This determines the time signature of the Metronome. *

Main Voice Volume M.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Main voice, letting you create an opti-

mum mix with the Dual or Split voice.

Octave M.Octave -2–2

(octave)

This determines the octave range for the Main voice. Use this to set the

most suitable range for the Main voice.

Reverb Send

Level

M.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb

effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect.

Chorus Send

Level

M.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus

effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect.

Dual Voice Voice D.Voice 1–480 This select the dual voice.

Volume D.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Dual voice, letting you create an opti-

mum mix with the Main voice.

Octave D.Octave -2–2

(octave)

This determines the octave range for the Dual voice. Use this to create an

octave layer for the Dual voice.

Reverb Send

Level

D.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb

effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Dual voice.

Chorus Send

Level

D.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus

effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Dual voice.

Split Voice Voice S.Voice 1–480 This select the split voice.

Volume S.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Split voice, letting you create an opti-

mum mix with the Main voice.

Octave S.Octave -2–2

(octave)

This determines the octave range for the Split voice. Use this to set the

most suitable range for the Split (lower) voice.

Reverb Send

Level

S.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb

effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Split voice.

Chorus Send

Level

S.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus

effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Split voice.

Effect/

Harmony

Reverb Type Reverb 1–10 This determines the Reverb type (See the list on page 32). *

Chorus Type Chorus

1–5

This determines the Chorus type, including “off” (See the list on page 32). *

Harmony Type HarmType 1–26 This determines the Harmony type (See the list on page 31). *

Harmony Volume HarmVol 0–127 This determines the level of the Harmony effect when Harmony type 1-5 is

selected, letting you create the optimum mix with the original melody note.

Utility Local On/Off Local On/Off This determines the Local on or off.

Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Local Control to on or off.

External Clock ExtClock On/Off This determines the External clock or Internal clock.

Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set External clock or Internal clock.

Initial

Setup Send

InitSend YES/NO This lets you save PortaTone initial data to another device (such as a se-

quencer, computer, or MIDI data filer).

Use the [+/ON] button to transmit the data.

Lesson Track (R) R-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your right hand lesson.

This setting is effective only loaded song.

Lesson Track (L) L-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your left hand lesson.

This setting is effective only loaded song.

Demo Cancel D-Cancel On/Off This determines the Demo Cancel is enabled or not.

Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Demo Cancel to on or off.

Backup Clear BkupClr? YES/NO This determines the Internal Flash Memory is initialized or not.

CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/

Settings

Description

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Data Backup

■ Data Backup • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

The following data can be stored to internal ﬂash memory as data backup.

● About the Internal Flash Memory

The Song data is stored when data is transferred from a computer.

Function and touch On/Off are stored when Pressing and Holding the

[FUNCTION] button.

■ Data Initialization • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

● All Data Initialization (including loaded song data)

All data can be initialized by turning on the power while holding the highest

(rightmost) white key (C6) and nearest A key (A5) on the keyboard. “CLr All

Mem” will appear brieﬂy on the display. You can also execute this setting in the

Utility mode (see page

● All data Initialization (excluding song data)

All data except for loaded song data can be

initialized

by turning on the

power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key on the keyboard.

Group Parameter

SONG User Song Data

FUNCTION Tuning

Split Point

Touch Sensitivity

Sustain On/Off

Style Volume

Song Volume

Metronome Volume

Demo Cancel On/Off

Touch Touch On/Off

• Never attempt to turn the

power off when data is being

transferred from a computer.

Doing so can damage the inter

nal ﬂash memory and result in

loss of data.

• All data listed above, plus

loaded song data, will be

erased and/or changed when

the All Data Initialization proce

dure is carried out.

• Carrying out the data initializa-

tion procedure will usually

restore normal operation if the

EZ-250i freezes or begins to

act erratically for any reason.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause and Solution

When the EZ-250i is turned on or off, a popping

sound is temporarily produced.

This is normal and indicates that the EZ-250i is receiving electrical

power.

When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile phone in close proximity to the EZ-250i may produce

interference. To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it fur-

ther away from the EZ-250i.

There is no sound even when the keyboard is

played or when a song is being played back.

Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on

the rear panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack,

no sound is output.

Check the Local Control on/off or PC Mode on/off. (See page 57, 58.)

Playing keys in the right hand area of the keyboard

does not produce any sound.

When using the Dictionary function (page 42), the keys in the right

hand area are used only for entering the chord root and type.

The sound of the voices or rhythms seems unusu-

al or strange.

The battery power is too low. Replace the batteries. (See page 10.)

The auto accompaniment doesn’t turn on, even

when pressing the [ACMP ON/OFF] button.

Make sure the Style mode is active before using the auto accompa-

niment. Press the [STYLE] button to enable style operations.

The style or song does not play back even when

pressing the [START/STOP] button.

Check the External Clock on/off. (See page 57.)

The style or song does not sound properly. Make sure that the Style Volume or Song Volume (page 39) is set to

an appropriate level.

When playing back one of the Pianist styles (#93 -

#100), the rhythm cannot be heard.

This is normal. The Pianist styles have no drums or bass — only pi-

ano accompaniment. The accompaniment of the style can only be

heard when accompaniment is set to ON and keys are played in the

auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.

Not all of the voices seem to sound, or the sound

seems to be cut off.

The EZ-250i is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes. If the Dual

voice or Split voice is being used and a style or song is playing back

at the same time, some notes/sounds may be omitted (or “stolen”)

from the accompaniment or song.

A strange “flanging” or “doubling” sound occurs

when using the EZ-250i with a sequencer. (This

may also sound like a “dual” layered sound of two

voices, even when Dual is turned off.)

When using the style with a sequencer, set MIDI Echo (or the relevant

control) to “off.” (Refer to the owner’s manual of your particular de-

vice and/or software for details.)

The footswitch (for sustain) seems to produce the

opposite effect. For example, pressing the foot-

switch cuts off the sound and releasing it sustains

the sounds.

The polarity of the footswitch is reversed. Make sure that the foot-

switch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning

on the power.

The sound of the voice changes from note to note. The AWM tone generation method uses multiple recordings (sam-

ples) of an instrument across the range of the keyboard; thus, the ac-

tual sound of the voice may be slightly different from note to note.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

■ Maximum Polyphony • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

The EZ-250i has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means that it can play a max-

imum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless of what functions are used. Auto

Accompaniment uses a number of the available notes, so when Auto Accompani-

ment is used the total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is

correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice and Song functions.

• The Voice List includes MIDI pro-

gram change numbers for each

voice. Use these program

change numbers when playing

the EZ-250i via MIDI from an

external device.

• Some voices may sound continu-

ously or have a long decay after

the notes have been released

while the sustain pedal (foot-

switch) is held.

Voice List

280

● Panel Voice List

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

PIANO

001 0 112 0 Grand Piano

002 0 112 1 Bright Piano

003 0 112 3 Honky-tonk Piano

004 0 112 2 MIDI Grand Piano

005 0 113 2 CP 80

006 0 112 6 Harpsichord

E.PIANO

007 0 114 4 Galaxy EP

008 0 112 4 Funky Electric Piano

009 0 112 5 DX Modern Elec. Piano

010 0 113 5 Hyper Tines

011 0 114 5 Venus Electric Piano

012 0 112 7 Clavi

ORGAN

013 0 112 16 Jazz Organ 1

014 0 113 16 Jazz Organ 2

015 0 112 17 Click Organ

016 0 116 16 Bright Organ

017 0 112 18 Rock Organ

018 0 114 18 Purple Organ

019 0 118 16 16'+2' Organ

020 0 119 16 16'+4' Organ

021 0 114 16 Theater Organ

022 0 112 19 Church Organ

023 0 113 19 Chapel Organ

024 0 112 20 Reed Organ

ACCORDION

025 0 113 21 Traditional Accordion

026 0 112 21 Musette Accordion

027 0 113 23 Bandoneon

028 0 112 22 Harmonica

GUITAR

029 0 112 24 Classical Guitar

030 0 112 25 Folk Guitar

031 0 113 25 12Strings Guitar

032 0 112 26 Jazz Guitar

033 0 113 26 Octave Guitar

034 0 112 27 Clean Guitar

035 0 117 27 60’s Clean Guitar

036 0 112 28 Muted Guitar

037 0 112 29 Overdriven Guitar

038 0 112 30 Distortion Guitar

BASS

039 0 112 32 Acoustic Bass

040 0 112 33 Finger Bass

041 0 112 34 Pick Bass

042 0 112 35 Fretless Bass

043 0 112 36 Slap Bass

044 0 112 38 Synth Bass

045 0 113 38 Hi-Q Bass

046 0 113 39 Dance Bass

STRINGS

047 0 112 48 String Ensemble

048 0 112 49 Chamber Strings

049 0 112 50 Synth Strings

050 0 113 49 Slow Strings

051 0 112 44 Tremolo Strings

052 0 112 45 Pizzicato Strings

053 0 112 55 Orchestra Hit

054 0 112 40 Violin

055 0 112 42 Cello

056 0 112 43 Contrabass

057 0 112 105 Banjo

058 0 112 46 Harp

CHOIR

059 0 112 52 Choir

060 0 113 52 Vocal Ensemble

061 0 112 53 Vox Humana

062 0 112 54 Air Choir

SAXOPHONE

063 0 112 64 Soprano Sax

064 0 112 65 Alto Sax

065 0 112 66 Tenor Sax

066 0 114 66 Breathy Tenor

067 0 112 67 Baritone Sax

068 0 112 68 Oboe

069 0 112 69 English Horn

070 0 112 70 Bassoon

071 0 112 71 Clarinet

TRUMPET

072 0 112 56 Trumpet

073 0 112 59 Muted Trumpet

074 0 112 57 Trombone

075 0 113 57 Trombone Section

076 0 112 60 French Horn

077 0 112 58 Tuba

BRASS

078 0 112 61 Brass Section

079 0 113 61 Big Band Brass

080 0 119 61 Mellow Horns

081 0 112 62 Synth Brass

082 0 113 62 Jump Brass

083 0 114 62 Techno Brass

FLUTE

084 0 112 73 Flute

085 0 112 72 Piccolo

086 0 112 75 Pan Flute

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

Voice List

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

● XGlite Voice List

087 0 112 74 Recorder

088 0 112 79 Ocarina

SYNTH LEAD

089 0 112 80 Square Lead

090 0 112 81 Sawtooth Lead

091 0 112 85 Voice Lead

092 0 112 98 Star Dust

093 0 112 100 Brightness

094 0 115 81 Analogon

095 0 119 81 Fargo

SYNTH PAD

096 0 112 88 Fantasia

097 0 113 100 Bell Pad

098 0 112 91 Xenon Pad

099 0 112 94 Equinox

100 0 113 89 Dark Moon

PERCUSSION

101 0 112 11 Vibraphone

102 0 112 12 Marimba

103 0 112 13 Xylophone

104 0 112 114 Steel Drums

105 0 112 8 Celesta

106 0 112 14 Tubular Bells

107 0 112 47 Timpani

108 0 112 10 Music Box

DRUM KITS

109 127 0 0 Standard Kit 1

110 127 0 1 Standard Kit 2

111 127 0 8 Room Kit

112 127 0 16 Rock Kit

113 127 0 24 Electronic Kit

114 127 0 25 Analog Kit

115 127 0 27 Dance Kit

116 127 0 32 Jazz Kit

117 127 0 40 Brush Kit

118 127 0 48 Symphony Kit

119 126 0 0 SFX Kit 1

120 126 0 1 SFX Kit 2

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

PIANO

121 0 0 0 Grand Piano

122 0 1 0 Grand Piano KSP

123 0 40 0 Piano Strings

124 0 41 0 Dream

125 0 0 1 Bright Piano

126 0 1 1 Bright Piano KSP

127 0 0 2 Electric Grand Piano

128 0 1 2 Electric Grand Piano KSP

129 0 32 2 Detuned CP80

130 0 0 3 Honky-tonk Piano

131 0 1 3 Honky-tonk Piano KSP

132 0 0 4 Electric Piano 1

133 0 1 4 Electric Piano 1 KSP

134 0 32 4 Chorus Electric Piano 1

135 0 0 5 Electric Piano 2

136 0 1 5 Electric Piano 2 KSP

137 0 32 5 Chorus Electric Piano 2

138 0 41 5 DX + Analog Electric Piano

139 0 0 6 Harpsichord

140 0 1 6 Harpsichord KSP

141 0 35 6 Harpsichord 3

142 0 0 7 Clavi

143 0 1 7 Clavi KSP

CHROMATIC

144 0 0 8 Celesta

145 0 0 9 Glockenspiel

146 0 0 10 Music Box

147 0 64 10 Orgel

148 0 0 11 Vibraphone

149 0 1 11 Vibraphone KSP

150 0 0 12 Marimba

151 0 1 12 Marimba KSP

152 0 64 12 Sine Marimba

153 0 97 12 Balimba

154 0 98 12 Log Drums

155 0 0 13 Xylophone

156 0 0 14 Tubular Bells

157 0 96 14 Church Bells

158 0 97 14 Carillon

159 0 0 15 Dulcimer

160 0 35 15 Dulcimer 2

161 0 96 15 Cimbalom

162 0 97 15 Santur

ORGAN

163 0 0 16 DrawOrg

164 0 32 16 Detuned DrawOrg

165 0 33 16 60’s DrawOrg 1

166 0 34 16 60’s DrawOrg 2

167 0 35 16 70’s DrawOrg 1

168 0 37 16 60’s DrawOrg 3

169 0 40 16 16+2"2/3

170 0 64 16 Organ Bass

171 0 65 16 70’s DrawOrg 2

172 0 66 16 Cheezy Organ

173 0 67 16 DrawOrg 3

174 0 0 17 Percussive Organ

175 0 24 17 70’s Percussive Organ

176 0 32 17 Detuned Percussive Organ

177 0 33 17 Light Organ

178 0 37 17 Percussive Organ 2

179 0 0 18 Rock Organ

180 0 64 18 Rotary Organ

181 0 65 18 Slow Rotary

182 0 66 18 Fast Rotary

281

Voice List

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

183 0 0 19 Church Organ

184 0 32 19 Church Organ 3

185 0 35 19 Church Organ 2

186 0 40 19 Notre Dame

187 0 64 19 Organ Flute

188 0 65 19 Tremolo Organ Flute

189 0 0 20 Reed Organ

190 0 40 20 Puff Organ

191 0 0 21 Accordion

192 0 0 22 Hamonica

193 0 32 22 Harmonica 2

194 0 0 23 Tango Accordion

195 0 64 23 Tango Accordion 2

GUITAR

196 0 0 24 Nylon Guitar

197 0 96 24 Ukulele

198 0 0 25 Steel Guitar

199 0 35 25 12-string Guitar

200 0 40 25 Nylon & Steel Guitar

201 0 41 25

Steel Guitar with Body Sound

202 0 96 25 Mandolin

203 0 0 26 Jazz Guitar

204 0 32 26 Jazz Amp

205 0 0 27 Clean Guitar

206 0 32 27 Chorus Guitar

207 0 0 28 Muted Guitar

208 0 40 28 Funk Guitar 1

209 0 41 28 Muted Steel Guitar

210 0 45 28 Jazz Man

211 0 0 29 Overdriven Guitar

212 0 43 29 Guitar Pinch

213 0 0 30 Distortion Guitar

214 0 40 30 Feedback Guitar

215 0 41 30 Feedback Guitar 2

216 0 0 31 Guitar Harmonics

217 0 65 31 Guitar Feedback

218 0 66 31 Guitar Harmonics 2

BASS

219 0 0 32 Acoustic Bass

220 0 40 32 Jazz Rhythm

221 0 45 32

Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass

222 0 0 33 Finger Bass

223 0 18 33 Finger Dark

224 0 40 33

Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar

225 0 43 33 Finger Slap Bass

226 0 45 33 Finger Bass 2

227 0 65 33 Modulated Bass

228 0 0 34 Pick Bass

229 0 28 34 Muted Pick Bass

230 0 0 35 Fretless Bass

231 0 32 35 Fretless Bass 2

232 0 33 35 Fretless Bass 3

233 0 34 35 Fretless Bass 4

234 0 0 36 Slap Bass 1

235 0 32 36 Punch Thumb Bass

236 0 0 37 Slap Bass 2

237 0 43 37 Velocity Switch Slap

238 0 0 38 Synth Bass 1

239 0 40 38 Techno Synth Bass

240 0 0 39 Synth Bass 2

241 0 6 39 Mellow Synth Bass

242 0 12 39 Sequenced Bass

243 0 18 39 Click Synth Bass

244 0 19 39 Synth Bass 2 Dark

245 0 40 39 Modular Synth Bass

246 0 41 39 DX Bass

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

STRING

247 0 0 40 Violin

248 0 8 40 Slow Violin

249 0 0 41 Viola

250 0 0 42 Cello

251 0 0 43 Contrabass

252 0 0 44 Tremolo Strings

253 0 8 44 Slow Tremolo Strings

254 0 40 44 Suspense Strings

255 0 0 45 Pizzicato Strings

256 0 0 46 Orchestral Harp

257 0 40 46 Yang Chin

258 0 0 47 Timpani

ENSEMBLE

259 0 0 48 Strings 1

260 0 3 48 Stereo Strings

261 0 8 48 Slow Strings

262 0 35 48 60’s Strings

263 0 40 48 Orchestra

264 0 41 48 Orchestra 2

265 0 42 48 Tremolo Orchestra

266 0 45 48 Velocity Strings

267 0 0 49 Strings 2

268 0 3 49 Stereo Slow Strings

269 0 8 49 Legato Strings

270 0 40 49 Warm Strings

271 0 41 49 Kingdom

272 0 0 50 Synth Strings 1

273 0 0 51 Synth Strings 2

274 0 0 52 Choir Aahs

275 0 3 52 Stereo Choir

276 0 32 52 Mellow Choir

277 0 40 52 Choir Strings

278 0 0 53 Voice Oohs

279 0 0 54 Synth Voice

280 0 40 54 Synth Voice 2

281 0 41 54 Choral

282 0 64 54 Analog Voice

283 0 0 55 Orchestra Hit

284 0 35 55 Orchestra Hit 2

285 0 64 55 Impact

BRASS

286 0 0 56 Trumpet

287 0 32 56 Warm Trumpet

288 0 0 57 Trombone

289 0 18 57 Trombone 2

290 0 0 58 Tuba

291 0 0 59 Muted Trumpet

292 0 0 60 French Horn

293 0 6 60 French Horn Solo

294 0 32 60 French Horn 2

295 0 37 60 Horn Orchestra

296 0 0 61 Brass Section

297 0 35 61

Trumpet & Trombone Section

298 0 0 62 Synth Brass 1

299 0 20 62 Resonant Synth Brass

300 0 0 63 Synth Brass 2

301 0 18 63 Soft Brass

302 0 41 63 Choir Brass

REED

303 0 0 64 Soprano Sax

304 0 0 65 Alto Sax

305 0 40 65 Sax Section

306 0 0 66 Tenor Sax

307 0 40 66 Breathy Tenor Sax

308 0 0 67 Baritone Sax

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

282

Voice List

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

309 0 0 68 Oboe

310 0 0 69 English Horn

311 0 0 70 Bassoon

312 0 0 71 Clarinet

PIPE

313 0 0 72 Piccolo

314 0 0 73 Flute

315 0 0 74 Recorder

316 0 0 75 Pan Flute

317 0 0 76 Blown Bottle

318 0 0 77 Shakuhachi

319 0 0 78 Whistle

320 0 0 79 Ocarina

SYNTH LEAD

321 0 0 80 Square Lead

322 0 6 80 Square Lead 2

323 0 8 80 LM Square

324 0 18 80 Hollow

325 0 19 80 Shroud

326 0 64 80 Mellow

327 0 65 80 Solo Sine

328 0 66 80 Sine Lead

329 0 0 81 Sawtooth Lead

330 0 6 81 Sawtooth Lead 2

331 0 8 81 Thick Sawtooth

332 0 18 81 Dynamic Sawtooth

333 0 19 81 Digital Sawtooth

334 0 20 81 Big Lead

335 0 96 81 Sequenced Analog

336 0 0 82 Calliope Lead

337 0 65 82 Pure Pad

338 0 0 83 Chiff Lead

339 0 0 84 Charang Lead

340 0 64 84 Distorted Lead

341 0 0 85 Voice Lead

342 0 0 86 Fifths Lead

343 0 35 86 Big Five

344 0 0 87 Bass & Lead

345 0 16 87 Big & Low

346 0 64 87 Fat & Perky

347 0 65 87 Soft Whirl

SYNTH PAD

348 0 0 88 New Age Pad

349 0 64 88 Fantasy

350 0 0 89 Warm Pad

351 0 0 90 Poly Synth Pad

352 0 0 91 Choir Pad

353 0 66 91 Itopia

354 0 0 92 Bowed Pad

355 0 0 93 Metallic Pad

356 0 0 94 Halo Pad

357 0 0 95 Sweep Pad

SYNTH EFFECTS

358 0 0 96 Rain

359 0 65 96 African Wind

360 0 66 96 Carib

361 0 0 97 Sound Track

362 0 27 97 Prologue

363 0 0 98 Crystal

364 0 12 98 Synth Drum Comp

365 0 14 98 Popcorn

366 0 18 98 Tiny Bells

367 0 35 98 Round Glockenspiel

368 0 40 98 Glockenspiel Chimes

369 0 41 98 Clear Bells

370 0 42 98 Chorus Bells

371 0 65 98 Soft Crystal

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

372 0 70 98 Air Bells

373 0 71 98 Bell Harp

374 0 72 98 Gamelimba

375 0 0 99 Atmosphere

376 0 18 99 Warm Atmosphere

377 0 19 99 Hollow Release

378 0 40 99 Nylon Electric Piano

379 0 64 99 Nylon Harp

380 0 65 99 Harp Vox

381 0 66 99 Atmosphere Pad

382 0 0 100 Brightness

383 0 0 101 Goblins

384 0 64 101 Goblins Synth

385 0 65 101 Creeper

386 0 67 101 Ritual

387 0 68 101 To Heaven

388 0 70 101 Night

389 0 71 101 Glisten

390 0 96 101 Bell Choir

391 0 0 102 Echoes

392 0 0 103 Sci-Fi

WORLD

393 0 0 104 Sitar

394 0 32 104 Detuned Sitar

395 0 35 104 Sitar 2

396 0 97 104 Tamboura

397 0 0 105 Banjo

398 0 28 105 Muted Banjo

399 0 96 105 Rabab

400 0 97 105 Gopichant

401 0 98 105 Oud

402 0 0 106 Shamisen

403 0 0 107 Koto

404 0 96 107 Taisho-kin

405 0 97 107 Kanoon

406 0 0 108 Kalimba

407 0 0 109 Bagpipe

408 0 0 110 Fiddle

409 0 0 111 Shanai

PERCUSSIVE

410 0 0 112 Tinkle Bell

411 0 96 112 Bonang

412 0 97 112 Altair

413 0 98 112 Gamelan Gongs

414 0 99 112 Stereo Gamelan Gongs

415 0 100 112 Rama Cymbal

416 0 0 113 Agogo

417 0 0 114 Steel Drums

418 0 97 114 Glass Percussion

419 0 98 114 Thai Bells

420 0 0 115 Woodblock

421 0 96 115 Castanets

422 0 0 116 Taiko Drum

423 0 96 116 Gran Cassa

424 0 0 117 Melodic Tom

425 0 64 117 Melodic Tom 2

426 0 65 117 Real Tom

427 0 66 117 Rock Tom

428 0 0 118 Synth Drum

429 0 64 118 Analog Tom

430 0 65 118 Electronic Percussion

431 0 0 119 Reverse Cymbal

SOUND EFFECTS

432 0 0 120 Fret Noise

433 0 0 121 Breath Noise

434 0 0 122 Seashore

435 0 0 123 Bird Tweet

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

283

Voice List

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

436 0 0 124 Telephone Ring

437 0 0 125 Helicopter

438 0 0 126 Applause

439 0 0 127 Gunshot

440 64 0 0 Cutting Noise

441 64 0 1 Cutting Noise 2

442 64 0 3 String Slap

443 64 0 16 Flute Key Click

444 64 0 32 Shower

445 64 0 33 Thunder

446 64 0 34 Wind

447 64 0 35 Stream

448 64 0 36 Bubble

449 64 0 37 Feed

450 64 0 48 Dog

451 64 0 49 Horse

452 64 0 50 Bird Tweet 2

453 64 0 55 Maou

454 64 0 64 Phone Call

455 64 0 65 Door Squeak

456 64 0 66 Door Slam

457 64 0 67 Scratch Cut

458 64 0 68 Scratch Split

459 64 0 69 Wind Chime

460 64 0 70 Telephone Ring 2

461 64 0 80 Car Engine Ignition

462 64 0 81 Car Tires Squeal

463 64 0 82 Car Passing

464 64 0 83 Car Crash

465 64 0 84 Siren

466 64 0 85 Train

467 64 0 86 Jet Plane

468 64 0 87 Starship

469 64 0 88 Burst

470 64 0 89 Roller Coaster

471 64 0 90 Submarine

472 64 0 96 Laugh

473 64 0 97 Scream

474 64 0 98 Punch

475 64 0 99 Heartbeat

476 64 0 100 Footsteps

477 64 0 112 Machine Gun

478 64 0 113 Laser Gun

479 64 0 114 Explosion

480 64 0 115 Firework

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB LSB

284

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Style No. Style Name

8BEAT

001 8BeatModern

002 60’sGtrPop

003 8BeatAdria

004 60’s8Beat

005 8Beat

006 OffBeat

007 60’sRock

008 HardRock

009 RockShuffle

010 8BeatRock

16BEAT

011 16Beat

012 PopShuffle

013 GuitarPop

014 16BtUptempo

015 KoolShuffle

016 HipHopLight

BALLAD

017 PianoBallad

018 LoveSong

019 6/8ModernEP

020 6/8SlowRock

021 OrganBallad

022 PopBallad

023 16BeatBallad

DANCE

024 EuroTrance

025 Ibiza

026 SwingHouse

027 Clubdance

028 ClubLatin

029 Garage1

030 Garage2

031 TechnoParty

032 UKPop

033 HipHopGroove

034 HipShuffle

035 HipHopPop

DISCO

036 70’sDisco

037 LatinDisco

038 SaturdayNight

039 DiscoHands

SWING & JAZZ

040 BigBandFast

041 BigBandBallad

042 JazzClub

043 Swing1

044 Swing2

045 Five/Four

046 Dixieland

047 Ragtime

R & B

048 Soul

049 DetroitPop

050 6/8Soul

051 CrocoTwist

052 Rock&Roll

053 ComboBoogie

054 6/8Blues

COUNTRY

055 CountryPop

056 CountrySwing

057 Country2/4

058 Bluegrass

LATIN

059 BrazilianSamba

060 BossaNova

061 Tijuana

062 DiscoLatin

063 Mambo

064 Salsa

065 Beguine

066 Reggae

BALLROOM

067 VienneseWaltz

068 EnglishWaltz

069 Slowfox

070 Foxtrot

071 Quickstep

072 Tango

073 Pasodoble

074 Samba

075 ChaChaCha

076 Rumba

077 Jive

TRADITIONAL

078 USMarch

079 6/8March

080 GermanMarch

081 PolkaPop

082 OberPolka

083 Tarantella

084 Showtune

085 ChristmasSwing

086 ChristmasWaltz

087 ScottishReel

WALTZ

088 SwingWaltz

089 JazzWaltz

090 CountryWaltz

091 OberWalzer

092 Musette

PIANIST

093 Stride

094 PianoSwing

095 Arpeggio

096 Habanera

097 SlowRock

098 8BeatPianoBallad

099 6/8PianoMarch

100 PianoWaltz

Style No. Style Name

Style List

285

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Drum Kit List

• “ ” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”.

• Each percussion voice uses one note.

• The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than keyboard

Note # and Note. For example, in “109: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H”

(Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0).

• Key Off: Keys marked “O” stop sounding the instant they are released.

• Voices with the same Alternate Note Number (*1 – 4) cannot be played

simultaneously. (They are designed to be played alternately with each

other.)

Voice No. 109 110 111 112 113 114

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/001 127/000/008 127/000/016 127/000/024 127/000/025

Keyboard MIDI

Key

Off

Alternate

assign

Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit

Note# Note

Note#

Note

25 C# 013C# -1 3 Surdo Mute

26 D 0 14 D -1 3 Surdo Open

27 D# 015D# -1 Hi Q

28 E 0 16 E -1 Whip Slap

29 F 0 17 F -1 4 Scratch Push

30 F# 018F# -1 4 Scratch Pull

31 G 0 19 G -1 Finger Snap

32 G# 020G# -1 Click Noise

33 A 0 21 A -1 Metronome Click

34 A# 022A# -1 Metronome Bell

35 B 0 23 B -1 Seq Click L

36 C 1 24 C 0 Seq Click H

37 C# 125C# 0 Brush Tap

38 D 1 26 D 0 O Brush Swirl

39 D# 127D# 0 Brush Slap

40 E 1 28 E 0 O Brush Tap Swirl Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal

41 F 1 29 F 0 O Snare Roll

42 F# 130F# 0 Castanet Hi Q 2 Hi Q 2

43 G 1 31 G 0 Snare H Soft Snare H Soft 2 SD Rock H Snare L SD Rock H

44 G# 132G# 0 Sticks

45 A 1 33 A 0 Bass Drum Soft Bass Drum H Bass Drum H

46 A# 134A# 0 Open Rim Shot Open Rim Shot 2

47 B 1 35 B 0 Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum H BD Rock BD Analog L

48 C 2 36 C 1 Bass Drum Bass Drum 2 BD Rock BD Gate BD Analog H

49 C# 237C# 1 Side Stick Analog Side Stick

50 D 2 38 D 1 Snare M Snare M 2 SD Room L SD Rock L SD Rock L Analog Snare 1

51 D# 239D# 1 Hand Clap

52 E 2 40 E 1 Snare H Hard Snare H Hard 2 SD Room H SD Rock Rim SD Rock H Analog Snare 2

53 F 2 41 F 1 Floor Tom L Room Tom 1 Rock Tom 1 E Tom 1 Analog Tom 1

54 F# 242F# 1 1 Hi-Hat Closed Analog HH Closed 1

55 G 2 43 G 1 Floor Tom H Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2 E Tom 2 Analog Tom 2

56 G# 244G# 1 1 Hi-Hat Pedal Analog HH Closed 2

57 A 2 45 A 1 Low Tom Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3 E Tom 3 Analog Tom 3

58 A# 246A# 1 1 Hi-Hat Open Analog HH Open

59 B 2 47 B 1 Mid Tom L Room Tom 4 Rock Tom 4 E Tom 4 Analog Tom 4

60 C 3 48 C 2 Mid Tom H Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 5 E Tom 5 Analog Tom 5

61 C# 349C# 2 Crash Cymbal 1 Analog Cymbal

62 D 3 50 D 2 High Tom Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6 E Tom 6 Analog Tom 6

63 D# 351D# 2 Ride Cymbal 1

64 E 3 52 E 2 Chinese Cymbal

65 F 3 53 F 2 Ride Cymbal Cup

66 F# 354F# 2 Tambourine

67 G 3 55 G 2 Splash Cymbal

68 G# 356G# 2 Cowbell Analog Cowbell

69 A 3 57 A 2 Crash Cymbal 2

70 A# 358A# 2 Vibraslap

71 B 3 59 B 2 Ride Cymbal 2

72 C 4 60 C 3 Bongo H

73 C# 461C# 3 Bongo L

74 D 4 62 D 3 Conga H Mute Analog Conga H

75 D# 463D# 3 Conga H Open Analog Conga M

76 E 4 64 E 3 Conga L Analog Conga L

77 F 4 65 F 3 Timbale H

78 F# 466F# 3 Timbale L

79 G 4 67 G 3 Agogo H

80 G# 468G# 3 Agogo L

81 A 4 69 A 3 Cabasa

82 A# 470A# 3 Maracas Analog Maracas

83 B 4 71 B 3 O Samba Whistle H

84 C 5 72 C 4 O Samba Whistle L

85 C# 573C# 4 Guiro Short

86 D 5 74 D 4 O Guiro Long

87 D# 575D# 4 Claves Analog Claves

88 E 5 76 E 4 Wood Block H

89 F 5 77 F 4 Wood Block L

90 F# 578F# 4 Cuica Mute Scratch Push Scratch Push

91 G 5 79 G 4 Cuica Open Scratch Pull Scratch Pull

92 G# 580G# 4 2 Triangle Mute

93 A 5 81 A 4 2 Triangle Open

94 A# 582A# 4 Shaker

95 B 5 83 B 4 Jingle Bell

96 C 6 84 C 5 Bell Tree

97 C# 685C# 5

98 D 6 86 D 5

99 D# 687D# 5

100 E 6 88 E 5

101 F 6 89 F 5

102 F# 690F# 5

103 G 6 91 G 5

F#1

G#1

A#1

D#1

C#1

F#2

G#2

A#2

D#2

C#2

F#3

G#3

A#3

D#3

C#3

F#4

G#4

A#4

D#4

C#4

F#5

G#5

A#5

D#5

C#5

Drum Kit List

286

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Voice No. 109 115 116 117 118 119 120

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/027 127/000/032 127/000/040 127/000/048 126/000/000 126/000/001

Keyboard MIDI

Key

Off

Alternate

assign

Standard Kit 1 Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2

Note# Note Note# Note

25 C# 013C# -1 3 Surdo Mute

26 D 0 14 D -1 3 Surdo Open

27 D# 015D# -1 Hi Q

28 E 0 16 E -1 Whip Slap

29 F 0 17 F -1 4 Scratch Push

30 F# 018F# -1 4 Scratch Pull

31 G 0 19 G -1 Finger Snap

32 G# 020G# -1 Click Noise

33 A 0 21 A -1 Metronome Click

34 A# 022A# -1 Metronome Bell

35 B 0 23 B -1 Seq Click L

36 C 1 24 C 0 Seq Click H

37 C# 125C# 0 Brush Tap

38 D 1 26 D 0 O Brush Swirl

39 D# 127D# 0 Brush Slap

40 E 1 28 E 0 O Brush Tap Swirl Reverse Cymbal

41 F 1 29 F 0 O Snare Roll

42 F# 130F# 0 Castanet Hi Q 2

43 G 1 31 G 0 Snare H Soft AnSD Snappy SD Jazz H Light Brush Slap L

44 G# 132G# 0 Sticks

45 A 1 33 A 0 Bass Drum Soft AnBD Dance-1 Bass Drum L

46 A# 134A# 0 Open Rim Shot AnSD OpenRim

47 B 1 35 B 0 Bass Drum Hard AnBD Dance-2 Gran Cassa

48 C 2 36 C 1 Bass Drum AnBD Dance-3 BD Jazz BD Jazz Gran Cassa Mute Cutting Noise Phone Call

49 C# 237C# 1 Side Stick Analog Side Stick Cutting Noise 2 Door Squeak

50 D 2 38 D 1 Snare M AnSD Q SD Jazz L Brush Slap Marching Sn M Door Slam

51 D# 239D# 1 Hand Clap String Slap Scratch Cut

52 E 2 40 E 1 Snare H Hard AnSD Ana+Acoustic SD Jazz M Brush Tap Marching Sn H Scratch

53 F 2 41 F 1 Floor Tom L Analog Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Brush Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Wind Chime

54 F# 242F# 1 1 Hi-Hat Closed Analog HH Closed 3 Telephone Ring 2

55 G 2 43 G 1 Floor Tom H Analog Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2

56 G# 244G# 1 1 Hi-Hat Pedal Analog HH Closed 4

57 A 2 45 A 1 Low Tom Analog Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3

58 A# 246A# 1 1 Hi-Hat Open Analog HH Open 2

59 B 2 47 B 1 Mid Tom L Analog Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4 Brush Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4

60 C 3 48 C 2 Mid Tom H Analog Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5

61 C# 349C# 2 Crash Cymbal 1 Analog Cymbal Hand Cym. L

62 D 3 50 D 2 High Tom Analog Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6 Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6

63 D# 351D# 2 Ride Cymbal 1 Hand Cym.Short L

64 E 3 52 E 2 Chinese Cymbal Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition

65 F 3 53 F 2 Ride Cymbal Cup Car Tires Squeal

66 F# 354F# 2 Tambourine Car Passing

67 G 3 55 G 2 Splash Cymbal Car Crash

68 G# 356G# 2 Cowbell Analog Cowbell Siren

69 A 3 57 A 2 Crash Cymbal 2 Hand Cym. H Train

70 A# 358A# 2 Vibraslap Jet Plane

71 B 3 59 B 2 Ride Cymbal 2 Hand Cym.Short H Starship

72 C 4 60 C 3 Bongo H Burst

73 C# 461C# 3 Bongo L Roller Coaster

74 D 4 62 D 3 Conga H Mute Analog Conga H Submarine

75 D# 463D# 3 Conga H Open Analog Conga M

76 E 4 64 E 3 Conga L Analog Conga L

77 F 4 65 F 3 Timbale H

78 F# 466F# 3 Timbale L

79 G 4 67 G 3 Agogo H

80 G# 468G# 3 Agogo L Shower Laugh

81 A 4 69 A 3 Cabasa Thunder Scream

82 A# 470A# 3 Maracas Analog Maracas Wind Punch

83 B 4 71 B 3 O Samba Whistle H Stream Heartbeat

84 C 5 72 C 4 O Samba Whistle L Bubble FootSteps

85 C# 573C# 4 Guiro Short Feed

86 D 5 74 D 4 O Guiro Long

87 D# 575D# 4 Claves Analog Claves

88 E 5 76 E 4 Wood Block H

89 F 5 77 F 4 Wood Block L

90 F# 578F# 4 Cuica Mute Scratch Push

91 G 5 79 G 4 Cuica Open Scratch Pull

92 G# 580G# 4 2 Triangle Mute

93 A 5 81 A 4 2 Triangle Open

94 A# 582A# 4 Shaker

95 B 5 83 B 4 Jingle Bell

96 C 6 84 C 5 Bell Tree Dog Machine Gun

97 C# 685C# 5 Horse Laser Gun

98 D 6 86 D 5 Bird Tweet 2 Explosion

99 D# 687D# 5 Firework

100 E 6 88 E 5

101 F 6 89 F 5

102 F# 690F# 5

103 G 6 91 G 5 Maou

F#1

G#1

A#1

D#1

C#1

F#2

G#2

A#2

D#2

C#2

F#3

G#3

A#3

D#3

C#3

F#4

G#4

A#4

D#4

C#4

F#5

G#5

A#5

D#5

C#5

Drum Kit List

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

MIDI Implementation Chart

YAMAHA [ Portable Keyboard ] Date:17-Mar-2003

Model EZ-250i MIDI Implementation Chart Version : 1.0

Transmitted Recognized Remarks

Function...

Basic Default 1 - 16 1 - 16 *1

Channel Changed x x

Default 3 3

Mode Messages x x

Altered ************** x

Note 0 - 127 0 - 127

Number : True voice ************** 0 - 127

Velocity Note ON o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=1-127

Note OFF o 9nH,v=0 o 9nH,v=0 or 8nH

After Key's x x

Touch Ch's x x

Pitch Bend x *2 o

0,32 o o Bank Select

1 x *2 o Modulation wheel

6 x *2 o Data Entry(MSB)

38 x o Data Entry(LSB)

7o o Part Volume

10 o o Pan

Control 11 x *2 o Expression

64 o o Sustain

Change 71 x *2 o Harmonic Content

72 o o Release Time

73 x *2 o Attack Time

74 x *2 o Brightness

84 x *2 o Portamento Cntrl

91,93 o o Effect 1,3 Depth

94 x *2 o Effect 4 Depth

96,97 x o RPN Inc,Dec

100,101 x *2 o RPN LSB,MSB

MIDI Implementation Chart

287

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Prog o 0 - 127 o 0 - 127

Change : True # **************

System Exclusive o *3 o *3

: Song Pos. x x

Common : Song Sel. x x

: Tune x x

System : Clock o o

Real Time: Commands o *4 o *4

Aux :All Sound OFF o o(120,126,127)

:Reset All Cntrls x o(121)

:Local ON/OFF x o(122)

:All Notes OFF x o(123-125)

Mes- :Active Sense o o

sages:Reset x x

Mode 1 : OMNI ON , POLY Mode 2 : OMNI ON ,MONO o : Yes

Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY Mode 4 : OMNI OFF,MONO x : No

288

MIDI Implementation Chart

NOTE:

*1 By default (factory settings) the EZ-250i ordinarily functions as a

16-channel multi-timbral tone generator, and incoming data does

not affect the panel voices or panel settings. However, the MIDI

messages listed below do affect the panel voices, auto accompa-

niment, and songs.

• MIDI Master Tuning

• System exclusive messages for changing the Reverb Type

and Chorus Type.

*2 Messages for these control change numbers cannot be transmit-

ted from the EZ-250i itself. However, they may be transmitted

when playing the accompaniment, song or using the Harmony

effect.

*3 Exclusive

<GM System ON> F0H, 7EH, 7FH, 09H, 01H, F7H

• This message automatically restores all default settings for

the instrument, with the exception of MIDI Master Tuning.

<MIDI Master Volume> F0H, 7FH, 7FH, 04H, 01H, ll, mm, F7H

• This message allows the volume of all channels to be

changed simultaneously (Universal System Exclusive).

• The values of “mm” is used for MIDI Master Tuning. (Values

for “ll” are ignored.)

<MIDI Master Tuning> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 27H, 30H, 00H, 00H, mm,

ll, cc, F7H

• This message simultaneously changes the tuning value of all

channels.

• The values of “mm” and “ll” are used for MIDI Master Tuning.

• The default value of “mm” and “ll” are 08H and 00H, respec-

tively. Any values can be used for “n” and “cc.”

<Reverb Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 00H, mmH, llH,

F7H

• mm : Reverb Type MSB

• ll : Reverb Type LSB

Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details.

<Chorus Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 20H, mmH, llH,

F7H

• mm : Chorus Type MSB

• ll : Chorus Type LSB

Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details.

*4 When the accompaniment is started, an FAH message is trans-

mitted. When accompaniment is stopped, an FCH message is

transmitted.When the clock is set to External, both FAH (accom-

paniment start) and FCH (accompaniment stop) are recognized.

*5 Local ON/OFF

<Local ON> Bn, 7A, 7F

<Local OFF> Bn, 7A, 00

Value for “n” is ignored.

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Effect map

289

MIDI Implementation Chart

■ Effect map

* If the received value does not contain an effect type in the TYPE LSB, the LSB will be directed to TYPE 0.

* The numbers in parentheses in front of the Effect Type names correspond to the number indicated in the display..

* By using an external sequencer, which is capable of editing and transmitting the system exclusive messages and parameter changes, you can select the Reverb,

Chorus and DSP effect types which are not accessible from the EZ-250i panel itself. When one of the effects is selected by the external sequencer, “ - ” will be

shown on the display.

● REVERB

● CHORUS

TYPE

MSB

TYPE LSB

00 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20

000 No Effect

001 (1)Hall1 (2)Hall2 (3)Hall3

002 Room (4)Room1 (5)Room2

003 Stage (6)Stage1 (7)Stage2

004 Plate (8)Plate1 (9)Plate2

005 – 127 No Effect

TYPE

MSB

TYPE LSB

00 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20

000 – 063 No Effect

064 Thru

065 Chorus (2)Chorus2

066 Celeste (1)Chorus1

067 Flanger (3)Flanger1 (4)Flanger2

068 – 127 No Effect

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Specifications

Keyboards

• 61 standard-size keys (C1 - C6), with Touch Response.

Display

• Large multi-function LCD display (backlit)

Setup

• STANDBY/ON

• MASTER VOLUME : MIN - MAX

Panel Controls

• SONG, STYLE, VOICE, Dict., PC, LESSON L, R,

METRONOME, PORTABLE GRAND, DEMO, FUNCTION,

TOUCH, DUAL, SPLIT, HARMONY, TEMPO/TAP,

[0]-[9], [+](YES), [–](NO)

Voice

• 108 panel voices + 12 drum kits + 360 XG Lite voices

• Polyphony : 32

Style

• 100 styles

• Style Control : ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC START,

START/STOP, INTRO/ENDING/rit.,

MAIN/AUTO FILL

• Fingering : Multi fingering

• Style Volume

Yamaha Educational Suite

• Dictionary

• Lesson 1-4

Function

• Overall : Transpose, Tuning, Split Point, Touch Sensitivity,

Sustain

• Volume : Style Volume, Song Volume, Metronome Volume,

Metronome Time Signature

• Main Voice : Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level,

Chorus Send Level

• Dual Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level,

Chorus Send Level

• Split Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level,

Chorus Send Level

• Effect/Harmony : Reverb Type, Chorus Type,

Harmony Type, Harmony Volume

• Utility : Local On/Off, External Clock, Initial Setup Send,

Lesson Track R, Lesson Track L, Demo Cancel,

Backup Clear

Effects

• Reverb : 9 types

• Chorus : 4 types

• Harmony : 26 types

Song

• 80 Songs

• Song Volume

MIDI

• Local On/Off

• Initial Setup Send

• External Clock

Auxiliary jacks

• PHONES/OUTPUT, DC IN 12V, USB, SUSTAIN

Ampliﬁer (when using PA-3C power adaptor)

• 2.5W + 2.5W

Speakers

• 12cm x 2

Power Consumption (when using PA-3C power adaptor)

• 13W

Power Supply

• Adaptor : Yamaha PA-3C AC power adaptor

• Batteries : Six “D” size, R20P (LR20) or equivalent

batteries

Dimensions (W x D x H)

• 931 x 348.8 x 127.9 mm (36-2/3" x 13-3/4" x 5-1/16")

Weight

• 5.0 kg (11 lbs.)

Supplied Accessories

• Music Rest

• Owner’s Manual

• Song Book

• CD-ROM

• USB Cable

* Speciﬁcations and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information

purposes only. Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify prod-

ucts or speciﬁcations at any time without prior notice. Since speciﬁcations,

equipment or options may not be the same in every locale, please check

with your Yamaha dealer.

Optional Accessories

• Headphones : HPE-150

• AC power adaptor : PA-3B/3C

• Footswitch : FC4, FC5

• Keyboard stand : L-2C, L-2L

Specifications

290

291

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Panel controls and terminals

+/–............................................... 8, 19

A-B REPEAT.............................. 8, 46

ACMP ON/OFF.......................... 8, 34

DC IN 12V ................................. 9, 10

DEMO ........................................ 9, 14

Dict. ............................................ 8, 42

DUAL ......................................... 9, 25

FF........................................... 9, 46

FUNCTION.......................... 8, 18, 66

HARMONY ............................... 9, 29

INTRO/ENDING/rit................... 9, 34

LESSON..................................... 8, 50

LIGHT ON/OFF......................... 9, 28

MAIN/AUTO FILL .................... 9, 34

MASTER VOLUME .................. 8, 18

METRONOME .......................... 8, 21

Numeric keypad.......................... 8, 19

OFF....................................................8

ON .....................................................8

PAUSE ................................... 8, 46

PC ............................................... 8, 58

PHONES/OUTPUT.................... 9, 11

PORTABLE GRAND................. 8, 21

REW ...................................... 9, 46

SONG ................................... 8, 45, 49

SPLIT ......................................... 9, 26

STANDBY/ON........................... 8, 11

START/STOP ....................... 8, 34, 46

STYLE........................................ 8, 33

SUSTAIN.................................. 11, 30

SYNC START ............................ 8, 34

TEMPO/TAP ........................9, 21, 38

TOUCH ...................................... 9, 27

USB ............................................ 9, 56

VOICE ........................................ 8, 23

Misc.

#000 OTS.........................................25

A-B repreat ......................................47

AC Power adaptor............................10

accessory jacks.................................11

accompaniment sections ..................39

Accompaniment Split Point.............26

Batteries ...........................................10

Beat display .....................................38

Chord Names ...................................44

Chord Type ......................................44

Chords, About..................................43

Chords, Fingered..............................40

Chords, Single Finger ......................40

Chorus..............................................30

DEMO Cancel .................................14

Demo song.......................................14

Dictionary ........................................42

Drum Kit Voice Chart ......................76

Dual Voice........................................25

Effects ..............................................29

Ending..............................................37

External Clock .................................57

Fill-in ...............................................39

Fingered chords ...............................40

Flash Memory..................................58

Footswitch........................................11

Function .................................... 18, 66

GM System Level 1 .........................55

Grade................................................53

Harmony ..........................................29

Headphones......................................11

Indicator...........................................20

Initial Setup Send.............................57

Intro..................................................36

Left.................................................. 50

Lesson ............................................. 49

Lesson Track ................................... 51

Level, chorus send........................... 30

Level, reverb send ........................... 29

Light Guide ..................................... 28

LIGHT ON/OFF ............................. 28

Local on/off..................................... 57

Main A/B......................................... 39

Main Voice ...................................... 23

Master Volume ................................ 18

Melody Voice Change ..................... 48

Metronome...................................... 21

MIDI ............................................... 54

MIDI channels ................................ 55

MIDI Implementation Chart ........... 78

MIDI LSB Receive cancel .............. 56

Multi Fingering ............................... 40

Music Rest ...................................... 19

Notation........................................... 20

Octave ............................................. 20

Octave, dual .................................... 25

Octave, main ................................... 23

Octave, split .................................... 26

PC.................................................... 58

Portable Grand ................................ 21

Quick Guide .................................... 12

Reverb ............................................. 29

Right................................................ 50

Ritardando....................................... 37

Root................................................. 43

sections (accompaniment)............... 39

Single Finger chords ....................... 40

Song Volume ................................... 48

songs, playing ................................. 46

songs, selecting ............................... 45

Speciﬁcations .................................. 81

Split Point........................................ 26

Index

EZ-250i Owner’s Manual

Split Voice........................................26

Style Volume....................................39

styles, playing..................................34

styles, selecting................................33

Sustain .............................................30

Sync Start.........................................35

Tap ...................................................35

Tempo ....................................... 21, 38

Time Signature ................................22

Touch Sensitivity .............................27

Transpose.........................................28

Troubleshooting...............................69

Tuning..............................................28

Voice List.........................................70

voices, Drum Kit .............................76

voices, selecting and playing...........23

voices, XG Lite................................71

Volume, dual....................................25

Volume, harmony.............................29

Volume, main...................................23

Volume, Metronome ........................22

Volume, Song ..................................48

Volume, split....................................26

Volume, Style ..................................39

XG Lite Voice List...........................71

Limited Warranty

90 DAYS LABOR 1 YEAR PARTS

Yamaha Corporation of America, hereafter referred to as Yamaha, warrants to the original consumer of a product included in the categories listed

below, that the product will be free of defects in materials and/or workmanship for the periods indicated. This warranty is applicable to all models

included in the following series of products:

EZ SERIES OF ELECTRONIC KEYBOARDS

If during the ﬁrst 90 days that immediately follows the purchase date, your new Yamaha product covered by this warranty is found to have a defect

in material and/or workmanship, Yamaha and/or its authorized representative will repair such defect without charge for parts or labor.

If parts should be required after this 90 day period but within the one year period that immediately follows the purchase date, Yamaha will, subject

to the terms of this warranty, supply these parts without charge. However, charges for labor, and/or any miscellaneous expenses incurred are the

consumers responsibility. Yamaha reserves the right to utilize reconditioned parts in repairing these products and/or to use reconditioned units as

warranty replacements.

THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY WHICH YAMAHA MAKES IN CONNECTION WITH THESE PROD-

UCTS. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY

IS LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. YAMAHA EXCLUDES AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN ANY

EVENT FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

Some states do not allow limitations that relate to implied warranties and/or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages. Therefore, these

limitations and exclusions may not apply to you.

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

CONSUMERS RESPONSIBILITIES

If warranty service should be required, it is necessary that the consumer assume certain responsibilities:

1. Contact the Customer Service Department of the retailer selling the product, or any retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product for

assistance. You may also contact Yamaha directly at the address provided below.

2. Deliver the unit to be serviced under warranty to: the retailer selling the product, an authorized service center, or to Yamaha with an explanation

of the problem. Please be prepared to provide proof purchase date (sales receipt, credit card copy, etc.) when requesting service and/or parts

under warranty.

3. Shipping and/or insurance costs are the consumers responsibility.* Units shipped for service should be packed securely.

*Repaired units will be returned PREPAID if warranty service is required within the ﬁrst 90 days.

IMPORTANT: Do NOT ship anything to ANY location without prior authorization. A Return Authorization (RA) will be issued that has

a tracking number assigned that will expedite the servicing of your unit and provide a tracking system if needed.

4. Your owners manual contains important safety and operating instructions. It is your responsibility to be aware of the contents of this manual and

to follow all safety precautions.

EXCLUSIONS

This warranty does not apply to units whose trade name, trademark, and/or ID numbers have been altered, defaced, exchanged removed, or to fail-

ures and/or damages that may occur as a result of:

1. Neglect, abuse, abnormal strain, modiﬁcation or exposure to extremes in temperature or humidity.

2. Improper repair or maintenance by any person who is not a service representative of a retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product, an

authorized service center, or an authorized service representative of Yamaha.

3. This warranty is applicable only to units sold by retailers authorized by Yamaha to sell these products in the U.S.A., the District of Columbia,

and Puerto Rico. This warranty is not applicable in other possessions or territories of the U.S.A. or in any other country.

Please record the model and serial number of the product you have purchased in the spaces provided below.

Model___________________________ Serial #________________________________ Sales Slip #________________________________

Purchased from____________________________________________________________ Date______________________________________

(Retailer)

YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA

Electronic Service Division

6600 Orangethorpe Avenue

Buena Park, CA 90620

KEEP THIS DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS. DO NOT MAIL!

HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation, Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: +81-53-460-3273

[PK] 27

For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha

representative or the authorized distributor listed below.

Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou

au distributeur le plus proche de vous ﬁgurant dans la liste suivante.

Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten

Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen

Bestimmungsländern erhältlich.

Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana

o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo.

CANADA

Yamaha Canada Music Ltd.

135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario,

M1S 3R1, Canada

Tel: 416-298-1311

U.S.A.

Yamaha Corporation of America

6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620,

U.S.A.

Tel: 714-522-9011

MEXICO

Yamaha de Mexico S.A. De C.V.,

Departamento de ventas

Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del

Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F.

Tel: 686-00-33

BRAZIL

Yamaha Musical do Brasil LTDA.

Av. Rebouças 2636, São Paulo, Brasil

Tel: 011-853-1377

ARGENTINA

Yamaha de Panamá S.A. Sucursal de Argentina

Viamonte 1145 Piso2-B 1053,

Buenos Aires, Argentina

Tel: 1-4371-7021

PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN

AMERICAN COUNTRIES/

CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha de Panamá S.A.

Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella,

Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia,

Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá

Tel: +507-269-5311

THE UNITED KINGDOM

Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd.

Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes,

MK7 8BL, England

Tel: 01908-366700

IRELAND

Danfay Ltd.

61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin

Tel: 01-2859177

GERMANY

Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

SWITZERLAND/LIECHTENSTEIN

Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH,

Branch Switzerland

Seefeldstrasse 94, 8008 Zürich, Switzerland

Tel: 01-383 3990

AUSTRIA

Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH,

Branch Austria

Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria

Tel: 01-60203900

THE NETHERLANDS

Yamaha Music Central Europe,

Branch Nederland

Clarissenhof 5-b, 4133 AB Vianen, The Netherlands

Tel: 0347-358 040

BELGIUM/LUXEMBOURG

Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH,

Branch Belgium

Rue de Geneve (Genevastraat) 10, 1140 - Brussels,

Belgium

Tel: 02-726 6032

FRANCE

Yamaha Musique France, S.A.

Division Professionnelle

BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vallée Cedex 2, France

Tel: 01-64-61-4000

ITALY

Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A.

Combo Division

Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy

Tel: 02-935-771

SPAIN/PORTUGAL

Yamaha-Hazen Música, S.A.

Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230

Las Rozas (Madrid), Spain

Tel: 91-639-8888

GREECE

Philippos Nakas S.A. The Music House

147 Skiathou Street, 112-55 Athens, Greece

Tel: 01-228 2160

SWEDEN

Yamaha Scandinavia AB

J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1

Box 30053

S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden

Tel: 031 89 34 00

DENMARK

YS Copenhagen Liaison Ofﬁce

Generatorvej 8B

DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark

Tel: 44 92 49 00

FINLAND

F-Musiikki Oy

Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260,

SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland

Tel: 09 618511

NORWAY

Norsk ﬁlial av Yamaha Scandinavia AB

Grini Næringspark 1

N-1345 Østerås, Norway

Tel: 67 16 77 70

ICELAND

Skifan HF

Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120

IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland

Tel: 525 5000

OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany

Tel: +49-4101-3030

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Paciﬁc Music Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: +81-53-460-2312

TURKEY/CYPRUS

Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

OTHER COUNTRIES

Yamaha Music Gulf FZE

LB21-128 Jebel Ali Freezone

P.O.Box 17328, Dubai, U.A.E.

Tel: +971-4-881-5868

HONG KONG

Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.

11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road,

Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Tel: 2737-7688

INDONESIA

PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor)

PT. Nusantik

Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot

Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia

Tel: 21-520-2577

KOREA

Yamaha Music Korea Ltd.

Tong-Yang Securities Bldg. 16F 23-8 Yoido-dong,

Youngdungpo-ku, Seoul, Korea

Tel: 02-3770-0661

MALAYSIA

Yamaha Music Malaysia, Sdn., Bhd.

Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya,

Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia

Tel: 3-703-0900

PHILIPPINES

Yupangco Music Corporation

339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO,

Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines

Tel: 819-7551

SINGAPORE

Yamaha Music Asia Pte., Ltd.

11 Ubi Road #06-00, Meiban Industrial Building,

Singapore

Tel: 65-747-4374

TAIWAN

Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd.

3F, #6, Sec.2, Nan Jing E. Rd. Taipei.

Taiwan 104, R.O.C.

Tel: 02-2511-8688

THAILAND

Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd.

121/60-61 RS Tower 17th Floor,

Ratchadaphisek RD., Dindaeng,

Bangkok 10320, Thailand

Tel: 02-641-2951

THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Paciﬁc Music Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: +81-53-460-2317

AUSTRALIA

Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd.

Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank,

Victoria 3006, Australia

Tel: 3-9693-5111

NEW ZEALAND

Music Houses of N.Z. Ltd.

146/148 Captain Springs Road, Te Papapa,

Auckland, New Zealand

Tel: 9-634-0099

COUNTRIES AND TRUST

TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Paciﬁc Music Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: +81-53-460-2312

NORTH AMERICA

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA

EUROPE

AFRICA

MIDDLE EAST

ASIA

OCEANIA

M.D.G., Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division, Yamaha Corporation

WA07130 ???PO???.?-03C0 Printed in China

Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page, English only)

http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/

Yamaha Manual Library

http://www2.yamaha.co.jp/manual/english/

Transcripción de documentos

Install KEYBOARDMANIA to your computer (see page 3 and 60) and connect it to the EZ-250i by an USB cable – then play musical games and learn songs. SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter). DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically recommended by Yamaha. This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery being charged. This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory product. When installing batteries, do not mix batteries with new, or with batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly. Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and battery case rupture. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE: Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as regulated by the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area for battery disposal information. The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update existing units. This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before damage occurs. Disposal Notice: Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable to assist you, please contact Yamaha directly. NAME PLATE LOCATION: NOTICE: Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how a function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are not covered by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore the owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult your dealer before requesting service. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the production methods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to be aware of the following: Battery Notice: This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes necessary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the replacement. 92-BP (bottom) Warning: The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your purchase. Model Serial No. Purchase Date PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.) 1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT! This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product. 2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product in the USA. 3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used according to the instructions found in the users manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance * This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA. Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference. Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s. In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial type cable. If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA90620 The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries. (class B) OBSERVERA! Entsorgung leerer Batterien (nur innerhalb Deutschlands) Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) sá länge som den ar ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har stängts av. Leisten Sie einen Beitrag zum Umweltschutz. Verbrauchte Batterien oder Akkumulatoren dürfen nicht in den Hausmüll. Sie können bei einer Sammelstelle für Altbatterien bzw. Sondermüll abgegeben werden. Informieren Sie sich bei Ihrer Kommune. ADVARSEL: Netspæendingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt, sálæenge netledningen siddr i en stikkontakt, som er t endt — ogsá selvom der or slukket pá apparatets afbryder. VAROITUS: Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko laitetta verkosta. (standby) 2 with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference, which can be determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures: EZ-250i Owner’s Manual (battery) Software License Agreement Yamaha Corporation (Yamaha) permits you use the Keyboardmania Yamaha Edition (Software) conditioned on your acceptance of this agreement. The Software includes all associated contents, all printed materials and all electronic documentation. Use of this Software will be taken to mean acceptance of this agreement, so please read the following terms carefully before you use the Software. 1. Copyright and permission for use Yamaha grants you as an individual the right to use the Software on only one computer at any single time. The ownership of the disk on which the Software is recorded belongs to you, but the ownership and copyright of the Program itself belongs to Yamaha and Yamaha’s Licensor(s). 2. Prohibitions and restrictions You may not reverse-compile, disassemble, reverse-engineer, or use any other method to convert the Software into a human-readable form, nor may you allow another person to do so. The Software may not be duplicated, corrected, modified, lent, leased, sold, distributed, licensed or disposed of in any other way in part or in whole. The creation of derivative works based on the content of the Software is also prohibited. The Software may not be transmitted over a network to another computer without written authorization from Yamaha. Your rights regarding the Software may be transferred to a third party only if this is done for non-commercial purposes and if the Software and all associated documentation including this agreement are included, and if the third party accepts this agreement. 3. Limitations of Liability The Software was developed at, and is copyrighted by, Yamaha and Yamaha’s Licensor(s). The Software is offered "AS IS" and Yamaha makes no warranty as to its use or performance. YAMAHA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION. YAMAHA AND ITS SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL YAMAHA OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVINGS, EVEN IF AN YAMAHA REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY. ● COPYRIGHT NOTICE q Six of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as follows: A Hard Day’s Night • Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney • Copyright © 1964 Sony/ATV Songs LLC • Copyright Renewed • All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music Square West, Nashville, TN37203 • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved Can’t Help Falling In Love • Words and Music by George David Weiss, Hugo Peretti and Luigi Creatore • Copyright © 1961 by Gladys Music, Inc. • Copyright Renewed and Assigned to Gladys Music • All Rights Administered by Cherry Lane Music Publishing Company, Inc. and Chrysalis Music • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved w Four of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as follows: Composition Title : An Englishman In New York Composer’s Name : Sumner 0590545 Copyright Owner’s Name:G M SUMNER LTD Composition Title : Against All Odds Composer’s Name : Collins 0007403 Copyright Owner’s Name:EMI MUSIC PUBLISHING LTD / HIT & RUN MUSIC LTD Composition Title : Just The Way You Are Composer’s Name : Joel 0273671 Copyright Owner’s Name:EMI MUSIC PUBLISHING LTD Composition Title : Look Of Love Composer’s Name : Bacharach/David 0093316 Copyright Owner’s Name:Screen Gems - EMI Music Ltd Stella By Starlight • from the Paramount Picture THE UNINVITED • Words by Ned Washington • Music by Victor Young • Copyright © 1946 (Renewed 1973, 1974) by Famous Music Corporation • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved CAUTION: All Rights Reserved, Unauthorized copying, public performance and broadcasting are strictly prohibited regarding the above ten demosongs. Hey Jude • Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney • Copyright © 1968 Sony/ATV Songs LLC • Copyright Renewed • All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music Square West, Nashville, TN37203 • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved Edelweiss COPYRIGHT NOTICE This product incorporates and bundles computer programs and contents in which Yamaha owns copyrights or with respect to which it has license to use others’ copyrights. Such copyrighted materials include, without limitation, all computer software, styles files, MIDI files, WAVE data and sound recordings. Any unauthorized use of such programs and contents outside of personal use is not permitted under relevant laws. Any violation of copyright has legal consequences. DON’T MAKE, DISTRIBUTE OR USE ILLEGAL COPIES. • Lyrics by Oscar Hammerstein II • Music by Richard Rodgers • Copyright © 1959 by Richard Rodgers and Oscar Hammerstein II • Copyright Renewed • WILLIAMSON MUSlC owner of publication and allied rights throughout the world • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved Linus And Lucy 1 • By Vince Guaraldi • Copyright © 1965 LEE MENDELSON FILM PRODUCTIONS, INC. • Copyright Renewed • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 3 PRECAUTIONS PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING * Please keep this manual in a safe place for future reference. WARNING Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical shock, short-circuiting, damages, fire or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: Power supply/AC power adaptor Water warning • Only use the voltage specified as correct for the instrument. The required voltage is printed on the name plate of the instrument. • Use the specified adaptor (PA-3C or PA-3B or an equivalent recommended by Yamaha) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument or overheating. • Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust which may have accumulated on it. • Do not place the AC adaptor cord near heat sources such as heaters or radiators, and do not excessively bend or otherwise damage the cord, place heavy objects on it, or place it in a position where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over it. Do not open • Do not open the instrument or attempt to disassemble the internal parts or modify them in any way. The instrument contains no user-serviceable parts. If it should appear to be malfunctioning, discontinue use immediately and have it inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. • Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in damp or wet conditions, or place containers on it containing liquids which might spill into any openings. • Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet hands. Fire warning • Do not put burning items, such as candles, on the unit. A burning item may fall over and cause a fire. If you notice any abnormality • If the AC adaptor cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged, or if there is a sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument, or if any unusual smells or smoke should appear to be caused by it, immediately turn off the power switch, disconnect the adaptor plug from the outlet, and have the instrument inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. CAUTION Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage to the instrument or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: • Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not intended to be charged. Power supply/AC power adaptor • When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an outlet, always hold the plug itself and not the cord. • When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used for a long time, remove the batteries from the instrument to prevent possible leakage of the battery fluid. • Unplug the AC power adaptor when not using the instrument, or during electrical storms. • Keep batteries away from children. • Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a multiple-connector. Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or possibly cause overheating in the outlet. • If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked fluid. If the battery fluid should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or skin, wash immediately with water and consult a doctor. Battery fluid is corrosive and may possibly cause loss of sight or chemical burns. Battery Location • Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with the +/- polarity markings. Failure to do so might result in overheating, fire, or battery fluid leakage. • Always replace all batteries at the same time. Do not use new batteries together with old ones. Also, do not mix battery types, such as alkaline batteries with manganese batteries, or batteries from different makers, or different types of batteries from the same maker, since this can cause overheating, fire, or battery fluid leakage. • Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or extreme cold or heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in a car during the day) to prevent the possibility of panel disfiguration or damage to the internal components. • Do not use the instrument in the vicinity of a TV, radio, stereo equipment, mobile phone, or other electric devices. Otherwise, the instrument, TV, or radio may generate noise. • Do not dispose of batteries in fire. (4)-8 1/2 2 4 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual • Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it might accidentally fall over. • Before moving the instrument, remove all connected adaptor and other cables. • Use only the stand specified for the instrument. When attaching the stand or rack, use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could cause damage to the internal components or result in the instrument falling over. Handling caution • Do not insert a finger or hand in any gaps on the instrument. • Never insert or drop paper, metallic, or other objects into the gaps on the panel or keyboard. If this happens, turn off the power immediately and unplug the power cord from the AC outlet. Then have the instrument inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. • Do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber objects on the instrument, since this might discolor the panel or keyboard. Connections • Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, turn off the power for all components. Before turning the power on or off for all components, set all volume levels to minimum. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all components at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level. • Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instrument, and do not use excessive force on the buttons, switches or connectors. • Do not operate the instrument for a long period of time at a high or uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a physician. Saving data Maintenance • When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use paint thinners, solvents, cleaning fluids, or chemical-impregnated wiping cloths. Saving and backing up your data • Saved data may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Save important data to external media. Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused by improper use or modifications to the instrument, or data that is lost or destroyed. Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use. When using a power adaptor, even when the power switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you are not using the instrument for a long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet. Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations. The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this owner’s manual are for instructional purposes only, and may be different from the ones on your instrument. ● Trademarks • Apple and Macintosh are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. • Windows is the registered trademark of Microsoft® Corporation. All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders. 2/2 3 (4)-8 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 5 Congratulations on your purchase of the Yamaha EZ-250i PortaTone! You now own a portable keyboard that combines advanced functions, great sound and exceptional ease-of-use in a highly compact package. Its outstanding features also make it a remarkably expressive and versatile instrument. Read this Owner’s Manual carefully while playing your new EZ-250i in order to take full advantage of its various features. Main Features The EZ-250i is a sophisticated yet easy-to-use keyboard with the following features and functions: ■ Keyboard Mania................................................................................. page 3, 60 Included with the instrument (on CD-ROM) is the fun software program Keyboard Mania. Simply install it to your computer (Windows only) and connect the instrument via USB cable — and play musical games and learn songs the fun way. ■ Stereo Sampled Piano .......................................................................... page 21 The EZ-250i has a special Portable Grand Piano Voice — created by state-of-the-art stereo sampling technology and using Yamaha’s sophiscated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system. ■ Touch Response .................................................................................... page 27 The exceptionally natural Touch Response feature, with a convenient front panel on/off switch, gives you maximum expressive level control over the voices. It also works in conjunction with the Dynamic Filter, which dynamically adjusts the timbre or tone of a voice according to your playing strength — just a like a real musical instrument! ■ Yamaha Education Suite ......................................................... pages 40, 42, 49 The EZ-250i features the new Yamaha Education Suite — a set of learning tools that utilize the latest technology to make studying and practicing music more fun and fulfilling than ever before! ■ One Touch Setting ................................................................................. page 25 One Touch Setting (OTS), for automatically calling up an appropriate voice for playing with the selected Style and Song. ■ Powerful Speaker System The built-in stereo amplifier/speaker system of the EZ-250i — with a special Bass Boost feature — provides exceptionally powerful, high-quality sound, letting you hear the full dynamic range of the EZ-250i’s authentic voices. ■ USB......................................................................................................... page 56 This enables you to connect the instrument directly to a computer, for recording your performances and playing song data with the computer. ■ Flash Memory ........................................................................................ page 58 The internal flash memory of the instrument lets you save song data from a computer. The songs saved to the memory can then be used for playing and practice in the same way as the preset songs. ■ GM System Level 1 “GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level. ■ XGlite As its name implies, “XGlite” is a simplified version of Yamaha’s high-quality XG tone generation format. Naturally, you can play back any XG song data using an XGlite tone generator. However, keep in mind that some songs may play back differently compared to the original data, due to the reduced set of control parameters and effects. 4 6 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Contents Panel Controls and Terminals ........................ 8 Song Lesson .................................................. 49 Setting Up....................................................... 10 • Using the Lesson Feature ................................ 49 • Select the Lesson Track................................... 51 • Lesson 1 — Timing .......................................... 51 • Lesson 2 — Waiting ......................................... 52 • Lesson 3 — Minus One.................................... 52 • Lesson 4 — Both Hands .................................. 53 • Grade ............................................................... 53 • Power Requirements ........................................10 • Turning On the Power.......................................11 • Accessory Jacks ...............................................11 Quick Guide 12 Step 1 Voices ........................................................... 12 Step 2 Songs............................................................ 14 Step 3 Style ............................................................. 16 Basic Operation and LCD Display................ 18 Portable Grand............................................... 21 • Playing the Portable Grand...............................21 • Using the Metronome .......................................21 Playing Voices ............................................... 23 • Playing a Voice .................................................23 • #000 OTS .........................................................25 • Dual Voice ........................................................25 • Split Voice.........................................................26 • Setting the Split Point .......................................26 • Touch and Touch Sensitivity.............................27 • Transpose and Tuning......................................28 • Light Guide On and Off.....................................28 MIDI Functions ............................................... 54 • What Is MIDI? .................................................. 54 • Connecting to a Personal Computer ................ 56 • Local Control .................................................... 57 • External Clock .................................................. 57 • Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer ...... 57 • PC Mode .......................................................... 58 • Loading a Song into EZ-250i’s Flash Memory .................................. 58 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide........ 60 • Contents of CD-ROM ....................................... 60 • CD-ROM Installation Procedure....................... 60 • Minimum System Requirements ...................... 61 • For Windows Users .......................................... 61 • For Macintosh Users ........................................ 63 • Setting up OMS ................................................ 64 Function.......................................................... 66 • Using the Function parameters ........................ 66 Effects............................................................. 29 Data Backup ................................................... 68 • Harmony ...........................................................29 • Reverb ..............................................................29 • Chorus ..............................................................30 • Sustain..............................................................30 Troubleshooting............................................. 69 Selecting and Playing Styles ........................ 33 Drum Kit List .................................................. 76 • Selecting a Style ...............................................33 • Playing the Styles .............................................34 • Changing the Tempo ........................................38 • Accompaniment Sections (Main A/B and Fill-ins) ......................................39 • Adjusting the Style Volume...............................39 • Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering ..................................................40 • Dictionary..........................................................42 Voice List ........................................................ 70 Style List ......................................................... 75 MIDI Implementation Chart ........................... 78 Effect map....................................................... 80 Specifications................................................. 81 Index................................................................ 82 Selecting and Playing Songs........................ 45 5 • Selecting a Song...............................................45 • Playing the Songs.............................................46 • A-B Repeat .......................................................47 • Melody Voice Change.......................................48 • Adjusting the Song Volume ..............................48 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 7 Panel Controls and Terminals ■ Front Panel w q e r t !0 y 001 -03 !3 !4 !5 !6 !7 !8 GrandPno u i !2 !1 o !9 @0 @1 @2 @3 @4 q [MASTER VOLUME] dial This determines the overall volume of the EZ-250i. !0 [Dict.] button This calls up the Dictionary function (See page 42). w Power switch ([STANDBY/ON]) !1 LESSON [L] (Left) and [R] (Right) buttons These call up the Lesson exercises for the corresponding hand (left or right) for the selected song. (See page 49.) e [METRONOME] button This turns the metronome on and off. (See page 21.) Holding down this button calls up the Time Signet settings. r [PORTABLE GRAND] button This instantly calls up the Grand Piano voice. (See page 21.) t [PC] button This convenient control lets you instantly call up the specified MIDI settings for optimum use with a connected computer. (See page 58.) y [FUNCTION] button This calls up the Function mode and stores the specified panel setting to the flash memory (See pages 66, 68). u [SONG] button This is for enabling song selection. (See page 45.) i [STYLE] button This is for enabling style selection. (See page 33.) o [VOICE] button This is for enabling voice selection. (See page 23.) Holding down this button calls up the Melody Voice Change function. (See page 48.) !2 Numeric keypad, [+/ON] and [–/OFF] buttons These are used for selecting songs, voices, and styles. (See pages 19.) They are also used for adjusting certain settings and answering certain display prompts. !3 [ACMP ON/OFF] / [A-B REPEAT] button When the Style mode is selected, this turns the auto accompaniment on and off. (See page 34.) In the Song mode, this calls up the A-B Repeat function. (See page 47.) !4 [SYNC START] / [ PAUSE] button This turns the Sync Start function on and off. (See page 35.) In the Song mode, it is used to temporarily pause song playback. (See page 46.) !5 [START/STOP] button When the Style mode is selected, this alternately starts and stops the style. (See page 34.) In the Song mode, this alternately starts and stops song playback. (See page 46.) 6 8 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Panel Controls and Terminals !6 [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] / [ REW] button When the Style mode is selected, this is used to control the Intro and Ending functions. (See page 34.) When the Song mode is selected, this is used as a “rewind” control, or move the song playback point back toward the beginning. !7 [MAIN/AUTO FILL] / [ FF] button When the Style mode is selected, this is used to change auto accompaniment sections and control the Auto Fill function. (See page 39.) When the Song mode is selected, this is used as a “fast forward” control, or move the song playback point toward the end. !8 [TEMPO/TAP] button This button is used to call up the Tempo setting, letting you set the Tempo with the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons. (See page 21.) It also allows you to tap out the tempo and automatically start a selected song or style at that tapped speed. (See page 35.) !9 [DUAL] button This turns the Dual voice on or off. (See page 25.) @0 [SPLIT] button This turns the Split voice on and off. (See page 26.) @1 [HARMONY] button This turns the Harmony effect on and off. (See page 29.) @2 [TOUCH] button This turns the Touch function on and off. (See page 27.) Holding down this button calls up the Touch Sensitivity settings. @3 [LIGHT ON/OFF] button This turns the Light Guide on or off. (See page 28.) @4 [DEMO] button This is used to play the Demo songs. (See page 14.) ■ Rear Panel @5 @6 @5 USB terminals This is for connection to a computer. (See page 56.) @8 @7 PHONES/OUTPUT jack This is for connection to a set of stereo headphones or to an external amplifier/speaker system. (See page 11.) @8 DC IN 12V jack This is for connection to a PA-3C or PA-3B AC power adaptor. (See page 10.) 7 @6 SUSTAIN jack This is for connection to an optional FC4 or FC5 Footswitch for control over sustain, just like the damper pedal on a piano. (See page 11.) @7 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 9 Setting Up This section contains information about setting up your EZ-250i for playing. Make sure to read this section carefully before using the instrument. Power Requirements Although the EZ-250i will run either from an optional AC adaptor or batteries, Yamaha recommends use of an AC adaptor whenever possible. An AC adaptor is more environmentally friendly than batteries and does not deplete resources. ■ Using an AC Power Adaptor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • q Make sure that the [STANDBY/ON] switch of the EZ-250i is set to STANDBY. w Connect the AC adaptor (PA-3C, PA-3B, or other adaptor specifically recommended by Yamaha) to the DC IN 12V jack. e Plug the AC adaptor into an AC outlet. w e • Use ONLY a Yamaha PA-3C or PA-3B AC Power Adaptor (or other adaptor specifically recommended by Yamaha) to power your instrument from the AC mains. The use of other adaptors may result in irreparable damage to both the adaptor and the EZ-250i. • Unplug the AC Power Adaptor when not using the EZ-250i, or during electrical storms. ■ Using Batteries • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For battery operation the EZ-250i requires six 1.5V “D” size, LR20 or equivalent batteries. When the batteries need to be replaced, the volume may be reduced, the sound may be distorted, and other problems may occur. When this happens, turn the power off and replace the batteries, as described below q Open the battery compartment cover located on the instrument’s bottom panel. w Insert the six new batteries, being careful to follow the polarity markings in the compartment cover. e Replace the compartment cover, making sure that it locks firmly in place. • Use only manganese or alkaline batteries for this instrument. Other types of batteries (including rechargable batteries) may have sudden drops of power when battery power becomes low, possibly resulting in loss of data in the flash memory and the need to initialize the flash memory. • When the batteries run down, replace them with a complete set of six new batteries. NEVER mix old and new batteries. • Do not use different kinds of batteries (e.g. alkaline and manganese) at the same time. • If the instrument is not to be in use for a long time, remove the batteries from it, in order to prevent possible fluid leakage from the battery. • The effective life of rechargeable batteries may shorter than that of conventional batteries. 8 10 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Setting Up Turning On the Power With the AC power adaptor connected or with batteries installed, simply move the power switch until it is set to the ON position. When the instrument is not in use, be sure to turn the power off. • Even when the switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you are not using the EZ-250i for a long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet, and/or remove the batteries from the instrument. • Never attempt to turn the power off when data is being transferred from a computer. Doing so can damage the internal flash memory and result in loss of data. Accessory Jacks ■ Using Headphones• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For private practicing and playing without disturbing others, connect a set of stereo headphones to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack. Sound from the built-in speaker system is automatically cut off when you insert a headphone plug into this jack. ■ Connecting a Keyboard Amplifier or Stereo System • • • • • • • Though the EZ-250i is equipped with a built-in speaker system, you can also play it through an external amplifier/speaker system. First, make sure the EZ-250i and any external devices are turned off, then connect one end of a stereo audio cable to the LINE IN or AUX IN jack(s) of the other device and the other end to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the EZ-250i. Stereo System • To prevent damage to the speakers, set the volume of the external devices at the minimum setting before connecting them. Failure to observe these cautions may result in electric shock or equipment damage. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all devices at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level. ■ Using a Footswitch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • This feature lets you use an optional footswitch (Yamaha FC4 or FC5) to sustain the sound of the voices. The footswitch functions the same way as a damper pedal on an acoustic piano — press and hold down the footswitch as you play the keyboard to sustain the sound. ■ Connecting to a computer (USB terminal) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Do not press the footswitch while turning the power on. Doing this changes the recognized polarity of the footswitch, resulting in reversed footswitch operation. • Make sure to purchase a quality USB cable at a musical instrument store, computer store or electrical appliance store. 9 By connecting the USB terminal of this instrument to the USB terminal of a computer, you can transfer performance data and song files between the instrument. (See page 56.) • Make sure that the footswitch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 11 Quick Guide Step 1 Voices w zx 001 GrandPno -03 q z Playing the Piano Simply by pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button, you can automatically select the Grand Piano voice. z Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button. Playing along with the Metronome z Press the [METRONOME] button. 001 GrandPno -03 x Play the keyboard. x Stop the Metronome. Want to find out more? See page 21. Want to find out more? See page 21. 10 12 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Step 1 Voices Selecting and Playing Other Voices The EZ-250i has a huge total of 480 dynamic and realistic instrument voices. Let’s try a few of them out now... w Select a voice. q Press the [VOICE] button. 001 002 GrandPno BritePno -03 e Play the keyboard. Want to find out more? See page 23. ● Panel Voice List No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 Voice Name PIANO Grand Piano Bright Piano Honky-tonk Piano MIDI Grand Piano CP 80 Harpsichord E.PIANO Galaxy EP Funky Electric Piano DX Modern Elec. Piano Hyper Tines Venus Electric Piano Clavi ORGAN Jazz Organ 1 Jazz Organ 2 Click Organ Bright Organ Rock Organ Purple Organ 16'+2' Organ 16'+4' Organ Theater Organ Church Organ Chapel Organ Reed Organ ACCORDION Traditional Accordion Musette Accordion Bandoneon Harmonica GUITAR Classical Guitar No. 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 059 060 Voice Name Folk Guitar 12Strings Guitar Jazz Guitar Octave Guitar Clean Guitar 60’s Clean Guitar Muted Guitar Overdriven Guitar Distortion Guitar BASS Acoustic Bass Finger Bass Pick Bass Fretless Bass Slap Bass Synth Bass Hi-Q Bass Dance Bass STRINGS String Ensemble Chamber Strings Synth Strings Slow Strings Tremolo Strings Pizzicato Strings Orchestra Hit Violin Cello Contrabass Banjo Harp CHOIR Choir Vocal Ensemble No. 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 Voice Name Vox Humana Air Choir SAXOPHONE Soprano Sax Alto Sax Tenor Sax Breathy Tenor Baritone Sax Oboe English Horn Bassoon Clarinet TRUMPET Trumpet Muted Trumpet Trombone Trombone Section French Horn Tuba BRASS Brass Section Big Band Brass Mellow Horns Synth Brass Jump Brass Techno Brass FLUTE Flute Piccolo Pan Flute Recorder Ocarina SYNTH LEAD Square Lead No. 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 099 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 Voice Name Sawtooth Lead Voice Lead Star Dust Brightness Analogon Fargo SYNTH PAD Fantasia Bell Pad Xenon Pad Equinox Dark Moon PERCUSSION Vibraphone Marimba Xylophone Steel Drums Celesta Tubular Bells Timpani Music Box DRUM KITS Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2 11 * This list includes only a portion of the total available voices. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 13 Quick Guide Step 2 Songs q xw z 001 HardDays -03 xc zx Playing the Songs The EZ-250i is packed with a total of 80 songs, including 10 Demo songs — which has been specially created to showcase the rich and dynamic sounds of the instrument. There are also 70 additional songs, designed to be used with the educational Lesson feature. You can also play songs loaded to the instrument via USB. The songs can be stored to the song numbers 081-180. Playing a single song Playing the Demo song Let’s play the Demo song now. Naturally, you can also individually select and play back the EZ-250i’s songs. z Start the Demo song. z Press the [SONG] button. 001 HardDays 001 HardDays -03 You can also play back songs of other categories. Simply select the appropriate number of the desired song during playback. -03 x Select a song. x Stop the Demo song. 002 CantHelp or c Start (and stop) the song. • The EZ-250i also has a Demo Cancel function that allows you to disable Demo song function. Set Demo Cancel in the Function mode (page 67). Want to find out more? See page 45. 12 14 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Step 2 Songs ● Song List No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 Changing the volume of the song This lets you adjust the volume balance between the song and your keyboard performance. q Press the [FUNCTION] button, until SongVol is indicated in the display. 100 SongVol -03 w Use the [+]/[–] buttons to adjust the song volume. You can also use the numeric keypad to directly enter the value. 120 SongVol 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 Want to find out more? See page 48. 042 043 044 No. Song Name (Comporser) DUET 046 Row Row Row Your Boat (Traditional) 047 We Wish You A Merry Christmas (Traditional) 048 Ten Little Indians (Septimus Winner) 049 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional) 050 London Bridge (Traditional) CHORD LESSON 051 Bill Bailey (Won’t You Please Come Home) (H. Cannon) 052 Down By The Riverside (Traditional) 053 Camptown Races (S.C. Foster) 054 Little Brown Jug (Joseph Winner) 055 Loch Lomond (Traditional) 056 Oh! Susanna (S.C. Foster) 057 Greensleeves (Traditional) 058 Aura Lee (G. Poulton) 059 Silent Night (F. Gruber) 060 The Danube Waves (I. Ivanovici) 061 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Traditional) 062 Close Your Hands, Open Your Hands (J.J. Rousseau) 063 The Cuckoo (Traditional) 064 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional) 065 London Bridge (Traditional) 066 American Patrol (F.W. Meacham) 067 Beautiful Dreamer (S.C. Foster) 068 Battle Hymn Of The Republic (Traditional) 069 Home Sweet Home (H. Bishop) 070 Valse Des Fleurs (From “The Nutcracker”) (P.I. Tchaikovsky) 071 Aloha Oe (Traditional) 072 I’ve Been Working On The Railroad (Traditional) 073 My Darling Clementine (Traditional) 074 Auld Lang Syne (Traditional) 075 Grandfather’s Clock (H.C. Work) 076 Amazing Grace (Traditional) 077 My Bonnie (H.J Fulmer) 078 Yankee Doodle (Traditional) 079 Joy To The World (G.F. Händel) 080 Ave Maria (F.Schubert) 081– FLASH MEMORY 13 045 Song Name (Comporser) FAVORITES A Hard Day’s Night Can’t Help Falling In Love Linus And Lucy Just The Way You Are Against All Odds Englishman In New York Hey Jude The Look Of Love Stella By Starlight Edelweiss PIANIST Arabesque (J.F.Burgmüller) Innocence (J.F.Burgmüller) Etude op.10-3 “Chanson De L’adieu” (F.Chopin) Menuett (L. Boccherini) Nocturne op.9-2 (F. Chopin) Moments Musicaux op.94-3 (F. Schubert) The Entertainer (S. Joplin) Prelude (Wohltemperierte Klavier 1-1) (J.S. Bach) La Viollette (Streabbog) Für Elise (L.v. Beethoven) PRACTICE America The Beautiful (S.A. Ward) Londonderry Air (Traditional) Ring De Banjo (S.C. Foster) Wenn Ich Ein Vöglein Wär ? (Traditional) Die Lorelei (F. Silcher) Funiculi-Funicula (L. Denza) Turkey In The Straw (Traditional) Old Folks At Home (S.C. Foster) Jingle Bells (J.S. Pierpont) Muss I Denn (F. Silcher) Liebesträume Nr.3 (F. Liszt) Jesu, Joy Of Man’s Desiring (J.S. Bach) Symphonie Nr.9 (L.v. Beethoven) Song Of The Pearl Fisher (G. Bizet) Gavotte (F.J. Gossec) String Quartet No.17 2nd mov. “Serenade” (F.J. Haydn) Menuett (J.S. Bach) Canon (J. Pachelbel) From “The Magic Flute” (W.A Mozart) Piano Sonate op.27-2 “Mondschein” (L.v. Beethoven) “The Surprise” Symphony (F.J. Haydn) To A Wild Rose (E.A. MacDowell) Air de Toréador “Carmen” (G. Bizet) O Mio Babbino Caro (From “Gianni Schicchi”) (G. Puccini) Frühlingslied (F. Mendelssohn) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 15 Quick Guide Step 3 Style x zb 001 8BtModrn 001 c vm z n Using the Style The powerful yet easy-to-use Style features give you professional instrumental backing for your performances. Simply play chords with your left hand — and the EZ-250i automatically produces appropriate bass, chord and rhythm backing. Use your right hand to play melodies, and you’ll sound like an entire band! Accompaniment area Left hand + Auto accompaniment (for example, bass + guitar + drums) Right hand Melody (for example, piano) • For more infomation on playing proper chords for the auto accompaniment, see “Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering” on page 40 and “Dictionary” on page 42. z Press the [STYLE] button. 001 8BtModrn x Select a style. 002 60sGtPop 001 c Turn the auto accompaniment on. 14 16 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Step 3 Style Looking up Chords in the Dictionary The convenient Dictionary function teaches you how to play chords by showing you the individual notes. In the example below, we’ll learn how to play a GM7 chord... Keys for entering the chord (C1 — B2) Keys for entering the chord type (C3 — B4) Keys for entering the chord root (C5 — B5) Learning how to play a specific chord Example: G M7 Root note Chord type c Specify the chord type of the chord (in this case, M7). v Play the notes of the chord according to the Light Guide. The “Congratulation” melody plays when the chord is played properly Chord area z Press the [Dict.] button. Dict. x Specify the root note of the chord (in this case, G). The keys light to show you how to play the chord. You can also play chord inversions, as described in the note on page 40 (Fingered Chords). b To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button again. Want to find out more? See page 42. v Turn the Sync Start function on. n Select a section. The auto accompaniment has four sections: Intro, Main A/B, and Ending. b Play a chord with your left hand. The style starts as soon as you play the keyboard. For more on chords, see “Looking up Chords in the Dictionary” above. m Stop the style. Accompaniment area 15 Want to find out more? See page 34. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 17 Basic Operation and LCD Display Adjusting the Volume Name and Number indication (Song/Style /Voice) Turn the [MASTER VOLUME] dial. Currently selected name and number (Song, Style or Voice) appear here. For example, when song is selected: Song number Decreases the overall volume. Increases the overall volume. 001 Song name HardDays HardDays 001 -03 Function settings and indications This button lets you call up the various function settings. ............................. See page 66 ............................. See page 67 ....................... See page 23, 67 ....................... See page 25, 67 ....................... See page 26, 67 ....................... See page 29, 67 ............................. See page 67 Note that the function bar in the LCD indicates the function category (Overall, Volume, etc.) when you select each function, and the currently selected function name and value appears in the LCD. For example, when Transpose is selected: Function bar 00 Value Setting values ● Use the numeric [0]-[9] buttons or [+]/[–] buttons. Decreases the number by one step. Increases the number by one step. To continuously change the number up or down, press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button. To input a negative value, simultaneously hold the [–] button and enter the number. Function name Transpos -03 16 18 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Basic Operation and LCD Display Entering one of the modes (Song, Style or Voice) ● Pressing one of the buttons below calls up the appropriate mode — Song, Style or Voice, and the indicator in the display appears the currently selected mode. Song Style Voice Select the desired song. Select the desired style. Select the desired voice. ● The following indications appear when you press the [VOICE] button in the Song or Style mode. • For selecting a voice in the Song mode. • For selecting a voice in the Style mode. Entering numbers ● Use the [+]/[–] buttons when you want to change the number in single steps. Decreases the number by one step. [PRESS AND HOLD FOR A WHILE] indication Buttons having this indication can be used to call up an alternate function when the relevant button is pressed and held. Hold down this button until the function calls up. To continuously change the number up or down, press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button. ● To directly enter the desired number, use numeric buttons [0]-[9]. Ex. Voice number 109: Standard Kit 1 109 Music Rest Insert the bottom edge of the included music rest into the slot located at the top rear of the EZ-250i control panel. Increases the number by one step. Std.Kit1 Press the numeric buttons [1], [0], [9] in order. 17 • If the first digit or first two digits of the number are “0,” (ex., 074 or 005), pressing the [0] button is unnecessary. However, pressing the [0] button is necessary if “0” is part of the number (ex., 105). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 19 Basic Operation and LCD Display DUAL NOTATION Normally, these indicate which keys or notes are played, or which keys to play when using the Dictionary function. Indicates that the Dual Voice feature is turned on. SPLIT Indicates that the Split feature is turned on. HARMONY • Any notes occurring below or above the staff are indicated by “8va” in the notation. Indicates that the Harmony feature is turned on. • In certain cases, a note may not be fully shown in the display. TOUCH Indicates that Touch is turned on. SUSTAIN Indicates that Sustain is turned on. 001 GrandPno 003 CHORD Indicates the chord name when playing in the style or song (only chord type song) mode. MEASURE number Indicates the current measure number of the song or style. 003 Accompaniment On (ACMP ON) Indicates when accompaniment is on. Fingering guide During the Lesson, this guide suggests a fingering for playing the song. 18 20 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Portable Grand This convenient function lets you instantly call up the Grand Piano voice. Playing the Portable Grand Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button. 001 GrandPno 001 Doing this automatically selects the special “Stereo Sampled Piano” Grand Piano voice. Using the Metronome 1 Call up the Tempo setting. Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button. Current Tempo value 128 TEMPO 001 2 Change the value. Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to increase or decrease the value. Restoring the Default Tempo Value 19 Each song and style has been given a default or standard Tempo setting. If you’ve changed the Tempo, you can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Tempo is selected). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 21 Portable Grand 3 Turn on the Metronome. Press the [METRONOME] button. The metronome is indicated as follows (for a time signature of 4/4): 1 1 4 Indicates the metronome in the measure. 2 3 To turn the Metronome off, press the [METRONOME] button again. Setting the Metronome Time Signature The time signature of the Metronome can be set to various quarter-note based meters. Press and hold the [METRONOME] button (until “TimeSig” appears in the display), then press the button on the numeric keypad or [+]/[–]buttons that corresponds to the desired time signature (see chart right). The Time Signature also can be set in the Function mode (page 67). • The time signature changes automatically when a style or song is selected. Numeric keypad 0 01 02 03 04 : 15 Time signature Plays no “1” beats (all low clicks) 1/4 — Plays only “1” beats (all high clicks) 2/4 3/4 4/4 : 15/4 04 TimeSig Indicates current beat number. Adjusting the Metronome Volume You can adjust the volume of the Metronome sound in the Function mode (page 67). The volume range is 000 127. 20 22 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Playing Voices The EZ-250i features a total of 480 authentic voices — all of which have been created with Yamaha’s sophisticated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system. These include 360 XG Lite voices and drum kits. The EZ-250i also has a Dual Voice or Split Voice function that lets you combine two different voices in a layer, or play from separate areas of the keyboard, play the two together across the keyboard. Playing a Voice 1 Press the [VOICE] button. Voice number and name 001 GrandPno -03 2 Select the desired voice number. The categories of each voice and their numbers are shown on the panel. A complete voice list of the available voices is given on page 70. 3 • Selecting the #000 OTS voice calls up a convenient feature — automatically selecting an appropriate voice to best match the current style or song. Play the selected voice. Since either the Style or Song mode is active in the background, you can also play styles or songs, respectively, in the Voice mode by simply pressing the [START/STOP] button. The last selected style, or song will be played. The following parameteres can be set in the Function mode (page 67). SELECT Volume Octave Reverb Send Level Chorus Send Level 21 CATEGORY Main Voice EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 23 22 24 q C lic k u Br H s us h S h w Ta irl p Sn Sw a ir Sn re l R Ba are oll ss H S Ba Dr o ss um ft D ru Sof m t Ba Ha ss rd D ru Sn Sna m ar re e H M H Fl oo ar d r Fl To oo m rT L om Lo H w M To id m T M om id L To C H mH hi ig n h R ese To id C m e C ym y Sp mb bal la al C C sh C up ra sh ym ba C y R id mb l e a C ym l 2 ba l2 B C on ong ga o H H M C ute on Ti ga m L ba l Ag e H og o Sa C H m a ba ba Sa W sa h m ba istl e W h H G istle W uiro L oo L d on W Blo g oo ck d B H C loc ui ca k L Tr O ia ng pe n le O p Ji ng en le Be Bel ll T l re e Br Se EZ-250i Owner’s Manual im R When one of the 12 Drum Kit voices is selected, you can play different drum and percussion instrument sounds from the keyboard. • For more details, see page 76. No. 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 Name Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2 ui ca Tr Mut ia ng e l Sh e M u ak er te Drum Kit Voice List (voices 109-120) C de Si Sh ot St ick H an d C la p H i-H at C H i-H los ed at P H i-H eda l at O pe n C ra sh C R ym id e ba C ym l 1 ba Ta l1 m bo u C ow rine be ll Vi br as la p Bo ng o L C on ga H O pe Ti m n ba le Ag L og o L M ar ac as G ui ro Sh C o la ve rt s pe n St O Sl ap Ta p ta ne t ick s h h us us as C Br Br Playing Voices LCD Std.Kit1 Std.Kit2 Room Kit Rock Kit Elct.Kit AnlogKit DanceKit Jazz Kit BrushKit SymphKit SFX Kit1 SFX Kit2 ● For example, when 109 “Standard Kit 1” is selected: C3 Playing Voices #000 OTS This special “voice” is actually a convenient feature which automatically selects a suitable voice for you when you select a style or a song. The voice is selected to best match the style or song you’ve called up. Select voice #000 (OTS). #000 OTS is selected. 000 Alto Sax Dual Voice The Dual Voice function lets you combine two different voices in a layer — one the Main voice, which is selected normally, and the other the Dual voice, which is selected in the Function mode (page 67). You can also set various parameters independently for these voices, such as giving them separate volume, octave, Reverb, and Chorus settings. This lets you create an optimum mix for the voices, and enhance the way they blend together. The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67). CATEGORY Dual Voice SELECT Voice Volume Octave Reverb Send Level Chorus Send Level To turn the Dual Voice on or off, press the [DUAL] button. Indicates Dual Voice is on. 001 GrandPno 23 -03 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 25 Playing Voices Split Voice The Split Voice function lets you assign two different Voices to opposite areas of the keyboard, and play one Voice with your left hand while your right plays another. For example, you could play bass with the left hand and play piano with the right. The right-hand (or upper) Voice is selected in the Main Voice mode (page 23), and the left-hand (or lower) Voice is selected in the Function mode (page 67), along with the other Split Voice parameters shown below. The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67). CATEGORY Split Voice SELECT Voice Volume Octave Reverb Send Level Chorus Send Level To turn the Split Voice on or off, press the [SPLIT] button. Indicates Split Voice is on. 001 GrandPno -03 Setting the Split Point The Split Point determines the highest key for the split voice and sets the split point. Split Point Split Voice • This setting also affects the split point for the accompaniment area. Main Voice Split Point can be set in the Function mode (page 66). 24 26 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Playing Voices Touch and Touch Sensitivity The EZ-250i features a Touch Response function that gives you dynamic, expressive control over the volume of the voices. The Touch Sensitivity parameter lets you set the degree of Touch Response. 1 Turn the Touch function on or off as desired by pressing the [TOUCH] button. Indicates Touch function is on. 001 GrandPno -03 2 Changing the Touch Sensitivity Value. Press and hold down the [TOUCH] button, then press the appropriate numbered button on the numeric keypad: 1, 2, 3, or [+]/[–]. 1 Soft Sensitivity can also be set in the Function mode (page 66). ● Settings: 1 (Soft) 2 (Medium) 3 (Hard) This results in limited touch response, and produces a relatively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play the keys. This lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud). This is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more detailed control in the soft volume range. When Touch is turned off, a constant volume (corresponding to a velocity value of 80) is produced. Restoring the Default Touch Sensitivity Value 25 The default Touch Sensitivity is 2 (Medium). To restore the default value, press both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Touch Sensitivity is selected). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 27 Playing Voices Transpose and Tuning You can also adjust the tuning and change the transposition (key) of the entire EZ250i sound with the Transpose and Tuning functions. ■ Transpose • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Transpose determines the key of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompaniment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to easily match the pitch of the EZ-250i to other instruments or singers, or play in a different key without changing your fingering. The Transpose settings can be adjusted over a range of ± 12 semitones (± 1 octave). • The Transpose function has no effect on the Drum Kits voices (#109 - #120). Transpose can be set in the Function mode (page 66). ■ Tuning • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Tuning determines the fine pitch setting of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompaniment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to accurately match the tuning with that of other instruments. The Tuning settings can be adjusted over a range of ± 100 (approx. ± 1 semitone). • The Tuning settings have no effect on the Drum Kit voices (#109 - #120). Tuning can be set in the Function mode (page 66). Light Guide On and Off You can switch the Light Guide on or off. The Light Guide can be used as a keyboard guide during song playback, while you are using the Lesson or the Dictionary function. Turn the Light Guide ON or OFF. Press the [LIGHT ON/OFF] button. on LIGHT • Playing while looking at the lights for a long period of time may cause eyestrain or stiffness in your neck and shoulders. For your health and comfort, we recommend that you take a ten-minute break after every hour of playing. -03 26 28 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Effects The EZ-250i is equipped with a wide variety of effects that can be used to enhance the sound of the voices. The EZ-250i has three separate effect systems — Harmony, Reverb and Chorus — and each has many different effect types to choose from. Harmony The Harmony section features a variety of performance effects that enhance the melodies you play when using the accompaniment styles of the EZ-250i. A total of twenty-six Harmony types are available. (See page 31.) Tremolo, Trill and Echo effects can be used even if accompaniment is off. There are five different Harmony Types that automatically create harmony parts (for notes played in the upper area of the keyboard) to match the accompaniment chords. • For the first five Harmony Types (Duet, Trio, Block, Country, and Octave), chords must be played in the Accompaniment area of the keyboard. The Harmony voice(s) change in pitch to best match the chords you play. • The speed of the Trill, Tremolo, and Echo effects depends on the Tempo setting (page 31). Turn on/off the Harmony effect. Press the [HARMONY] button. Indicates Harmony effect is on. 001 GrandPno • Each voice of the EZ-250i has its own independent Harmony setting. -03 Harmony type and Harmony Volume (when Harmony Type 1 - 5 is selected) can be set in the Function mode (page 67). Reverb The Reverb effect reproduces the natural ambient “wash” of sound that occurs when a instrument is played in a room or concert hall. A total of nine different Reverb types simulating various different performance environments are available. (See page 32.) The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67). • Each style of the EZ-250i has its own independent Reverb setting. SELECT Reverb Type Reverb Send Level Reverb Send Level Reverb Send Level 27 CATEGORY Effect Main Voice Dual Voice Split Voice • Nine additional Reverb Types are available when controlling the EZ-250i from a MIDI device. (For details, See page 80.) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 29 Effects Chorus The Chorus effect lets you enhance the sound of the voices with the use of pitch modulation. Two basic types are provided: Chorus and Flanger. Chorus produces a thicker, warmer, and more animated sound, whereas Flanger creates a swirling, metallic effect. A total of four Chorus types are available. (See page 32.) The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67). CATEGORY Effect Main Voice Dual Voice Split Voice SELECT Chorus Type Chorus Send Level Chorus Send Level Chorus Send Level Sustain The Sustain effect automatically adds a slow, natural decay to the voice sound when the keys are released. Sustain on/off can be set in the Function mode (page 66). 28 30 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Effects ■ Effect Types ● Harmony Types Harmony Type Display Name Description 1 Duet Duet 2 Trio Trio 3 Block Block Harmony types 1 - 5 are pitch-based and add one-, two- or threenote harmonies to the single-note melody played in the right hand. These types only sound when chords are played in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. 4 Country Country 5 Octave Octave 6 Trill 1/4 note Tril1/4 7 Trill 1/6 note Tril1/6 8 Trill 1/8 note Tril1/8 9 Trill 1/12 note Tril1/12 10 Trill 1/16 note Tril1/16 11 Trill 1/24 note Tril1/24 12 Trill 1/32 note Tril1/32 13 Tremolo 1/4 note Trem1/4 14 Tremolo 1/6 note Trem1/6 15 Tremolo 1/8 note Trem1/8 16 Tremolo 1/12 note Trem1/12 17 Tremolo 1/16 note Trem1/16 18 Tremolo 1/24 note Trem1/24 19 Tremolo 1/32 note Trem1/32 20 Echo 1/4 note Echo1/4 21 Echo 1/6 note Echo1/6 22 Echo 1/8 note Echo1/8 23 Echo 1/12 note Echo1/12 24 Echo 1/16 note Echo1/16 25 Echo 1/24 note Echo1/24 26 Echo 1/32 note Echo1/32 3 Types 6 - 26 are rhythm-based effects and add embellishments or delayed repeats in time with the auto accompaniment. These types sound whether the auto accompaniment is on or not; however, the actual speed of the effect depends on the Tempo setting (page 38). The individual note values in each type let you synchronize the effect precisely to the rhythm. Triplet settings are also available: 1/6 = quarter-note triplets, 1/12 = eighth-note triplets, 1/24 = sixteenthnote triplets. 3 • The Trill effect Types (6 - 12) create two-note trills (alternating notes) when two notes are held. 3 • The Tremolo effect Types (13 - 19) repeat all held notes (up to four). • The Echo effect Types (20 - 26) create delayed repeats of each note played. 3 3 3 3 3 3 29 No. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 31 Effects ● Reverb Types No. Reverb Type Display Name Description 1 Hall 1 Hall1 Concert hall reverb. 2 Hall 2 Hall2 3 Hall 3 Hall3 4 Room 1 Room1 5 Room 2 Room2 6 Stage 1 Stage1 7 Stage 2 Stage2 8 Plate 1 Plate1 9 Plate 2 Plate2 10 Off Off Small room reverb. Reverb for solo instruments. Simulated steel plate reverb. No effect. ● Chorus Types No. Display Name Description Chorus 1 Chorus1 Conventional chorus program with rich, warm chorusing. 2 Chorus 2 Chorus2 3 Flanger 1 Flanger1 4 Flanger 2 Flanger2 5 Off Off Pronounced three-phase modulation with a slight metallic sound. No effect. 30 32 Chorus Type 1 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles The EZ-250i provides dynamic rhythm/accompaniment patterns (styles) — as well as voice settings appropriate for each style — for various popular musical categories. A total of 100 different styles are available, in several different categories. Each style is made up of separate “sections” — Intro, Main A and B, and Ending — letting you call up different accompaniment sections as you perform. The auto accompaniment features that are built into the rhythms add the excitement of instrumental backing to your performance, letting you control the accompaniment by the chords you play. Auto accompaniment effectively splits the keyboard into two areas: The upper is used for playing a melody line, and the lower (set by default to keys F#2 and lower) is for the auto accompaniment function. The EZ-250i also features the convenient Dictionary function (page 42). Dictionary provides you with a built-in “chord encyclopedia” that teaches you how to play any chord you specify by showing you the appropriate notes in the display. Selecting a Style 1 Press the [STYLE] button. Style number and name 001 8BtModrn 001 2 Select the desired style number. 31 The categories of each styles and their numbers are shown on the panel. A complete style list of the available styles is given on page 75. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 33 Selecting and Playing Styles ■ Use the numeric keypad. Style numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19). You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the style number, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the styles. • Rhythm sounds and fill-in sections are not available when one of the Pianist styles (#093 - #100) are selected. Playing the Styles The panel buttons below function as style controls. Pressing this button alternately enables and cancels the Sync Start function. (See page 35.) Pressing this button alternately enables and cancels the bass and chord accompaniment. (See below.) 1 Pressing this button alternately starts and stops style playback. Pressing this button switches between the Main A and Main B sections, automatically adding a fill-in pattern before changing the section. (See page 39.) This controls the Intro, Ending and Ritardand sections. (See pages 36, 37.) Turn on the auto accompaniment. Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn on (enable) the auto accompaniment. 001 8BtModrn 001 Indicates that auto accompaniment is on. 32 34 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles 2 Start the style. You can do this in one of the following ways: ■ Pressing the [START/STOP] button The rhythm starts playing immediately without bass and chord accompaniment. The currently selected Main A or B section will play. You can select the Main A or B section by pressing the appropriate button — [MAIN A/B] — before pressing the [START/STOP] button. (The display shows the letter of the selected section: “MAIN A” or “MAIN B.”) Indicates selected section (Main A or B). MAIN A ■ Using Tap Tempo to Start This useful feature lets you tap out the speed (tempo) of the style and automatically start the style at that tapped speed. Simply tap the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times (or three times for a 3/4 time style), and the style starts automatically at the tempo you tapped. You can also change the tempo while the style is playing by tapping the [TEMPO/TAP] button twice at the desired tempo. ■ Using Sync Start The EZ-250i also has a Sync Start function that allows you to start the style by simply pressing a key on the keyboard. To use Sync Start, first press the [SYNC START] button (the beat mark flashes to indicate Sync Start standby), then press any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on, play a key or chord in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.) 33 Auto accompaniment area EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 35 Selecting and Playing Styles Starting with an Intro section Each style has its own two- or four-measure Intro section. When used with the auto accompaniment, many of the Intro sections also include special chord changes and embellishments to enhance your performance. To start with an Intro section: 1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro. Indicates selected section (Main A or B). MAIN A 2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. Indicates Intro standby. INTRO≥A To actually start the Intro section, press the [START/STOP] button. Using Sync Start with an Intro section You can also use the Sync Start function with the special Intro section of the selected style. To use Sync Start with an Intro section: 1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro. Indicates selected section (Main A or B). MAIN A 2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. Indicates Intro standby. INTRO≥A 3) Press the [SYNC START] button to enable Sync Start, and start the Intro section and accompaniment by playing any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on, play a key or chord in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.) Auto accompaniment area 34 36 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles 3 Change chords using the auto accompaniment feature. Try playing a few successive chords with your left hand, and notice how the bass and chord accompaniment change with each chord you play. (Refer to page 40 for more information on how to use auto accompaniment.) • The [ACMP ON/OFF] button can also be used to turn off and on the bass/chord accompaniment while playing — allowing you to create dynamic rhythmic breaks in your performance. • Chords played in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard are also detected and played when the style is stopped. In effect, this gives you a “split keyboard,” with bass and chords in the left hand and the normally selected voice in the right. 4 Stop the style. You can do this in one of three ways: ■ Pressing the [START/STOP] button The style stops playing immediately. ■ Using an Ending section Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. The style stops after the Ending section is finished. ENDING ■ Pressing the [SYNC START] button This immediately stops the style and automatically enables Sync Start, letting you restart the style by simply playing a chord or key in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. END/rit. 35 To have the Ending section gradually slow down (ritardando) as it is playing, press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button twice quickly. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 37 Selecting and Playing Styles Changing the Tempo The tempo of style playback can be adjusted over a range of 32 - 280 bpm (beats per minute). 1 Call up the Tempo setting. Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button. Current Tempo value 128 • When style playback is stopped and a different style is selected, the tempo returns to the default setting of the new style. When switching styles during playback, the last tempo setting is maintained. (This allows you to keep the same tempo, even when changing styles.) TEMPO 001 2 Change the value. Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to increase or decrease the value. Restoring the Default Tempo Value Each song and style has been given a default or standard Tempo setting. If you’ve changed the Tempo, you can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Tempo is selected). • You can also use the convenient Tap Tempo function to change the tempo by “tapping” a new one in real time. (See page 35.) About the Beat Display This section of the display provides a convenient, easyto-understand indication of the rhythm — for song and style playback. The flashing “metronome” icons indicate both the downbeats and upbeats of a measure as follows: Indicates the first beat of the measure (downbeat) Indicates an upbeat Indicates a downbeat (other than the first beat) 36 38 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles Accompaniment Sections (Main A/B and Fill-ins) While the style is playing, you can add variation in the rhythm/accompaniment by pressing the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button. This switches between the Main A and Main B sections, automatically playing a fill-in pattern to smoothly lead into the next section. For example, if the Main A section is currently playing, pressing this button automatically plays a fill-in pattern, followed by the Main B section. (See illustration below.) You can also select either the Main A or B section to start by pressing the [MAIN/ AUTO FILL] button before starting the style. This appears while the fill-in pattern is playing. FIll A≥B About the Fill-in Patterns If you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button before beat 4... ...a fill-in pattern plays immediately until the end of the measure... 1st measure beat 1 2 3 4 If you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button here, after beat 4... ...and the Main A or B section begins here. 2nd measure 1 2 3 4 ...a fill-in pattern plays from here... 3rd measure 1 2 3 ...and the Main A or B section begins here. Adjusting the Style Volume • Style Volume cannot be changed unless the Style mode is active. 37 The playback volume of the style can be adjusted in the Function mode (page 67). This volume control affects only the Style volume. The volume range is 000 127. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 39 Selecting and Playing Styles Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering When it is set to on (page 34), the auto accompaniment function automatically generates bass and chord accompaniment for you to play along with, by using Multi Fingering operation. You can change the chords of the accompaniment by playing keys in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard using either the “Single Finger” or “Fingered” method. With Single Finger you can simply play a one-, two- or three-finger chord indication (see Single Finger Chords below). The Fingered technique is that of conventionally playing all the notes of the chord. Whichever method you use, the EZ-250i “understands” what chord you indicate and then automatically generates the accompaniment. ■ Single Finger Chords • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Chords that can be produced in Single Finger operation are major, minor, seventh and minor seventh. The illustration shows how to produce the four chord types. (The key of C is used here as an example; other keys follow the same rules. For example, Bb7 is played as Bb and A.) C Cm To play a major chord: Press the root note of the chord. C7 To play a minor chord: Press the root note together with the nearest black key to the left of it. Cm 7 To play a seventh chord: Press the root note together with the nearest white key to the left of it. To play a minor seventh chord: Press the root note together with the nearest white and black keys to the left of it (three keys altogether). ■ Fingered Chords • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Using the key of C as an example, the chart below shows the types of chords that can be recognized in the Fingered mode. ● Example for “C” chords CmM 7 CmM 7 (9) ( ) ( ( C (b5) CM7 b5 Cm 7 (9) Cm 7 (11) ) CM 7 aug CM7 (#11) ( Caug ) Csus 4 CM 7 (9) CM 7 ) C6 ) C (9) ( C 6 (9) C Cm (9) Cm 6 Cm 7 Cm 7 b5 CmM 7 b5 Cdim Cdim 7 C7 C 7 (13) C 7 (#9) C 7 b5 C 7 aug C 7 sus4 ) ) ) ) ( ( ( ( ) ) C 7 (b13) ( ( ) ( ( ) ( C 7 (b9) ) ) ( ) ( C 7 (#11) C 7 (9) ( ( ) ) ( ) Cm C 1+2+5 * Notes enclosed in parentheses are optional; the chords will be recognized without them. 38 40 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles Chord Name/[Abbreviation] Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display Major [M] 1-3-5 C C Add ninth [(9)] 1-2-3-5 C(9) C(9) Sixth [6] 1 - (3) - 5 - 6 C6 C6 Sixth ninth [6(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 6 C6(9) C6(9) Major seventh [M7] 1 - 3 - (5) - 7 or 1 - (3) - 5 - 7 CM7 CM7 Major seventh ninth [M7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 7 CM7(9) CM7(9) Major seventh add sharp eleventh [M7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - 7 or 1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - 7 CM7(#11) CM7(#11) 1 - 3 - b5 C(b5) Flatted fifth [(b5)] Cb5 Major seventh flatted fifth [M7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - 7 CM7b5 CM7b5 Suspended fourth [sus4] 1-4-5 Csus4 Csus4 Augmented [aug] 1 - 3 - #5 Caug Caug Major seventh augmented [M7aug] 1 - (3) - #5 - 7 CM7aug CM7aug Minor [m] 1 - b3 - 5 Cm Cm Minor add ninth [m(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - 5 Cm(9) Cm(9) Minor sixth [m6] 1 - b3 - 5 - 6 Cm6 Cm6 Minor seventh [m7] 1 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7 Cm7 Minor seventh ninth [m7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7(9) Cm7(9) Minor seventh add eleventh [m7(11)] 1 - (2) - b3 - 4 - 5 - (b7) Cm7(11) Cm7(11) Minor major seventh [mM7] 1 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7 CmM7 Minor major seventh ninth [mM7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7(9) CmM7(9) Minor seventh flatted fifth [m7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - b7 Cm7b5 Cm7b5 Minor major seventh flatted fifth [mM7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - 7 CmM7b5 CmM7b5 Diminished [dim] 1 - b3 - b5 Cdim Cdim Diminished seventh [dim7] 1 - b3 - b5 - 6 Cdim7 Cdim7 Seventh [7] 1 - 3 - (5) - b7 or 1 - (3) - 5 - b7 C7 C7 Seventh flatted ninth [7(b9)] 1 - b2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(b9) C7(b9) Seventh add flatted thirteenth [7(b13)] 1 - 3 - 5 - b6 - b7 C7(b13) C7(b13) Seventh ninth [7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(9) C7(9) Seventh add sharp eleventh [7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - b7 or 1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - b7 C7(#11) C7(#11) Seventh add thirteenth [7(13)] 1 - 3 - (5) - 6 - b7 C7(13) C7(13) 1 - #2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(#9) C7(#9) 1 - 3 - b5 - b7 C7b5 C7b5 Seventh augmented [7aug] 1 - 3 - #5 - b7 C7aug C7aug Seventh suspended fourth [7sus4] 1 - 4 - (5) - b7 C7sus4 C7sus4 One plus two plus five [1+2+5] 1-2-5 C1+2+5 C • Playing two same root keys in the adjacent octaves produces accompaniment based only on the root. • A perfect fifth (1 + 5) produces accompaniment based only on the root and fifth which can be used with both major and minor chords. • The chord fingerings listed are all in “root” position, but other inversions can be used — with the following exceptions: m7, m7b5, 6, m6, sus4, aug, dim7, 7b5, 6(9), 1+2+5. • Inversion of the 7sus4 and m7(11) chords are not recognized if the notes shown in parentheses are omitted. • The auto accompaniment will sometimes not change when related chords are played in sequence (e.g. some minor chords followed by the minor seventh). • Two-note fingerings will produce a chord based on the previously played chord. 39 Seventh sharp ninth [7(#9)] Seventh flatted fifth [7b5] • Notes in parentheses can be omitted. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 41 Selecting and Playing Styles Dictionary The Dictionary function is essentially a built-in “chord book” that shows you the individual notes of chords. It is ideal when you know the name of a certain chord and want to quickly learn how to play it. 1 Press the [Dict.] button. • Make sure to turn on the Light Guide function when using the Dictionary function. Dict. 2 Specify the root of the chord. Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord root (as printed on the panel). Dict. 001 Pressing this key selects the root G. 3 Specify the type of the chord (major, minor, seventh, etc.). Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord type (as printed on the panel). • For a few specific chords, not all notes may be shown in the notation section of the display. This is due to space limitations in the display. • You can also show the inversion of chord when using [+]/[–] button. Pressing this key selects the major seventh chord type (M7). Dict. 001 Notation of chord Chord name (root and type) 40 42 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles 4 Play the chord. Play the chord by pressing the keys that light in the ACMP area of the keyboard. The chord name flashes in the display when the correct notes are held down. (Inversions for many of the chords are also recognized.) Dict. 001 Flashes when correct notes are held. To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button again. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • What is a Chord? • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The simple answer: Three or more notes played simultaneously is a chord. (Two notes played together is an “interval” — an interval being the distance between two different notes. This is also referred to as a “harmony.”) Depending on the intervals between the three or more notes, a chord can sound beautiful or muddy and dissonant. The organization of notes in the example at left — a triad chord — produces a pleasant, harmonious sound. Triads are made up of three notes and are the most basic and common chords in most music. In this triad, the lowest note is the “root.” The root is the most important note in the chord, because it anchors the sound harmonically by determining its “key” and forms the basis for how we hear the other notes of the chord. The second note of this chord is four semitones higher than the first, and the third is three semitones higher than the second. Keeping our root note fixed and changing these notes by a semitone up or down (sharp or flat), we can create four different chords. Major chord (ex. C) Minor 3rd Major 3rd Minor chord (ex. Cm) Major 3rd Minor 3rd Augmented chord (ex. Caug) Diminished chord (ex. Cdim) Major 3rd Minor 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Keep in mind that we can also change the “voicing” of a chord — for example, change the order of the notes (called “inversions”), or play the same notes in different octaves — without changing the basic nature of the chord itself. Inversion examples for the key of C C G E E C G 41 G E C EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 43 Selecting and Playing Styles Beautiful sounding harmonies can be built in this manner. The use of intervals and chords is one of the most important elements in music. A wide variety of emotions and feelings can be created depending on the types of chords used and the order in which they are arranged. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Writing Chord Names • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Knowing how to read and write chord names is an easy yet invaluable skill. Chords are often written in a kind of shorthand that makes them instantly recognizable (and gives you the freedom to play them with the voicing or inversion that you prefer). Once you understand the basic principles of harmony and chords, it’s very simple to use this shorthand to write out the chords of a song. First, write the root note of the chord in an uppercase letter. If you need to specify sharp or flat, indicate that to the right of the root. The chord type should be indicated to the right as well. Examples for the key of C are shown below. Major chord Minor chord Augmented chord Diminished chord C Cm Caug Cdim For simple major chords, the type is omitted. One important point: Chords are made up of notes “stacked” on top of each other, and the stacked notes are indicated in the chord name of the chord type as a number — the number being the distance of the note from the root. (See the keyboard diagram below.) For example, the minor 6th chord includes the 6th note of the scale, the major 7th chord has the 7th note of the scale, etc. The Intervals of the Scale Dominant 7th (flatted 7th) To better understand the intervals and the numbers used to represent them in the chord name, study this diagram of the C major scale: C D E F G A B C D E F Root 2nd Other Chords Csus4 C7 5th 4th 4th 3rd Dominant 7th Cm7bb5 7th 6th 5th 11th 9th Octave Cm7 Major chord Dominant 7th Cm6 C(9) CM7 Minor chord 7th Major chord Cdim7 * Bbb = A Dominant 7th Minor chord 6th 9th Diminished 7th (double flatted 7th) Diminished chord 42 44 Diminished chord EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Songs The Song mode features 80 special songs that have been created using the rich and dynamic sounds of the EZ-250i. The songs are generally for your listening enjoyment; however, you can also play along with them on the keyboard. The songs of the EZ-250i can also be used with the powerful Lesson feature (page 49), a convenient tool that makes learning songs fun and easy. You can also transfer song data from your computer to the EZ-250i for playback. For details, see page 58. Selecting a Song 1 Press the [SONG] button. Song number and name 001 HardDays -03 2 Select the desired song number. The categories of each song and their numbers are shown on the panel. A complete list of the available songs is given on page 15. 43 ■ Use the numeric keypad. Song numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19). You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the song number, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the song. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 45 Selecting and Playing Songs Playing the Songs The Panel buttons below function as Song controls. Turns on the A-B Repeat function (page 47). Pauses playback. 1 Starts and stops song playback. Reverses the playback position. Advances the playback position. Start the selected song. Press the [START/STOP] button. As the song plays back, the measure number and playing keys are shown in the display. 2 • You can play along with the song using the currently selected voice, or even select a different voice for playing along. Simply call up the Voice mode while the song is playing back and select the desired voice. (See page 23.) Stop the song. Press the [START/STOP] button. If playback was started by pressing the [START/STOP] button, the selected song stops automatically. Playing the Flash Memory Song The EZ-250i can play a song loaded into its internal flash memory. To do this, you’ll need to connect the EZ-250i to a personal computer, and use the “Song Filer” software to transmit the song from the computer. For more information on Flash songs and Song Filer, refer to page 58. Select the song number 081-180 using numeric keypad in the same way as preset songs. 44 46 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Songs A-B Repeat The convenient A-B Repeat function is an ideal aid for practicing and learning. It allows you to specify a phrase of a song (between point A and point B) and repeat it — while you play or practice along with it. 1 While playing a song, set point A (the start point). During playback, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once, at the beginning point to be repeated. A- REPEAT 006 • The A and B points can only be specified at the beginning of a measure (beat 1), and not at any point in the middle of a measure. • To set the A point to the beginning of a song, press the [A-B REPEAT] button before starting playback. 006 2 Set point B (the end point). As the song continues playing, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once again, at the ending point to be repeated. The selected phrase repeats indefinitely until stopped. A-b REPEAT 012 012 3 Pause or stop playback as needed. • If you’re repeat practicing a particularly difficult section, try slowing down the Tempo to an appropriate speed to make it easier to play and master the part. You may also want to slow down the Tempo while setting the A and B points; this makes it easier to accurately set the points. • You can also set the A-B Repeat function when the song is stopped. Simply use the [ REW] and [ FF] buttons to select the desired measures, pressing the [A-B REPEAT] button for each point, then start playback. Use the [ PAUSE] button or [START/STOP] button. Stopping playback does not cancel the set A/B points or the A-B Repeat function. 4 Turn off the A-B Repeat function. Press the [A-B REPEAT] button. REPEAT 45 oFF EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 47 Selecting and Playing Songs Melody Voice Change The EZ-250i lets you play a melody on the keyboard along with each of the songs, either with the original melody voice or one of your own selection. The convenient Melody Voice Change feature takes this one step further — it lets you replace the original voice used for the melody of the song with the panel voice of your own selection. For example, if the current voice selected on the panel is piano but the song’s melody is being played by a flute voice, using Melody Voice Change will change the flute melody voice to piano. 1 Select the desired song. Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song. (See page 45.) 2 Select the desired voice. Press the [VOICE] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired voice. (See page 23.) 3 • Playing a voice which is selected by the melody voice change may differ from the original voice, since the voice is added as an effect for the selected song. Press and hold down the [VOICE] button for at least one second. “MELODY VOICE CHANGE” appears in the display, indicating that the selected panel voice has replaced the song’s original melody voice. MELODY V 012 Adjusting the Song Volume The playback volume of the song can be adjusted in the Function mode (page 67). This volume control affects only the Song volume. The volume range is 000 127. 46 48 • Song Volume cannot be changed unless the Song mode is active. (This function becomes Style Volume when the Style mode is active.) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Lesson The Lesson feature provides an exceptionally fun and easy-to-use way to learn how to play the keyboard. Lesson lets you practice the left- and right-hand parts of each song independently, step by step, until you’ve mastered them and are ready to practice with both hands together. These practices are divided into four Lesson steps, as described below. Lessons 1 - 3 apply to each hand; press the appropriate button, L (left) or R (right) to select the desired part for practice. Try practicing with the Lessons, following the Light Guide. ■ Lesson 1 — Timing This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note can be used, as long as you play in rhythm. ■ Lesson 2 — Waiting In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes before continuing playback of the song. ■ Lesson 3 — Minus One This lesson step plays back the song with one part muted, letting you play and master the missing part (following the Light Guide) yourself — in rhythm and at the proper tempo. ■ Lesson 4 — Both Hands Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3, except that both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play and master both hands at the same time. Using the Lesson Feature 1 Select one of the Lesson songs. Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song. FurElise 47 020 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 49 Song Lesson 2 Select the part you wish to work on (left or right) and the Lesson step. If you want to work on the right-hand part, press the [R] button; to work on the left, press the [L] button. Pressing either button repeatedly cycles through the available Lesson steps in order: Lesson 1 → Lesson 2 → Lesson 3 → Off → Lesson 1, etc. The selected Lesson step is indicated in the display. L1 Timing r1 Timing L2 Waiting r2 Waiting L3 MinusOne r3 MinusOne 020 FurElise 020 FurElise (Song Lesson off) (Song Lesson off) To select Lesson 4, press both [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously. Lr4 3 BothHand Start the Lesson. The Lesson and song playback start automatically (following a lead-in count) as soon as the Lesson step is selected. When the Lesson is finished, your performance “grade” is shown in the display. After a short pause, the Lesson begins again automatically. 4 Press the [START/STOP] button to stop the Lesson. The EZ-250i exits from the Lesson feature automatically when the [START/ STOP] button is pressed. 48 50 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Lesson Select the Lesson Track This function allows you to select the track number of a loaded song from computer (only SMF format 0). The track number of the song can be specified in the Function mode (page 67) Lesson 1 — Timing This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note can be used, as long as you play in rhythm. Pick a note to play. For the left hand, use a note in the auto accompaniment area or play the appropriate left-hand note; for the right, play a note above F#2. Simply concentrate on playing each note in time with the rhythmic accompaniment. 1 2 • The melody note does not sound unless your playing is in time with the rhythm. • Make sure to turn on the Light Guide function when using the Lesson. Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 1. Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 1 is indicated. r1 3 Timing Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the appropriate notes appear in the display. In Lesson 1, simply play one note repeatedly in time with the music. Regarding chords and the use of the left hand, the EZ-250i actually has two different types of songs: 1) songs with normal left-hand chords, and 2) songs in which the left hand plays arpeggios or melodic figures in combination with the right. In the case of the first type, play the chords with your left hand in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. 49 Auto accompaniment area EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 51 Song Lesson Lesson 2 — Waiting In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes before continuing playback of the song. This lets you practice reading the music at your own pace. The notes to be played are shown in the display, one after another, as you play them correctly. The Light Guide shows you which keys to play. 1 2 Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 2. Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 2 is indicated. r2 3 • Make sure to turn on the Light Guide function when using the Lesson. • Depending on the selected song, the rhythm part may be muted for Lesson 2. Waiting Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows you which keys to play. In Lesson 2, play the correct notes at your own pace, until you can master playing them in rhythm. Lesson 3 — Minus One This lesson step lets you practice one part of the song in rhythm at the proper tempo. The EZ-250i plays back the song with one part muted (either the left part or the right)— letting you play and master the missing part yourself. The notes you are to play are shown continuously in the display and Light Guide as the song plays back. 1 2 Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 3. Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 3 is indicated. r3 50 52 MinusOne EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Lesson 3 Play the appropriate part with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows you which keys to play. In Lesson 3, listen carefully to the un-muted part, and play the muted part yourself. Lesson 4 — Both Hands Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3, except that both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play and master both hands at the same time. Go on to this lesson step after you’ve mastered each hand’s part in the previous three lesson steps. Practice both hands in time with the rhythm along with the notation and Light Guide. 1 2 Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 4. Press the [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously, so that Lesson 4 is indicated. Lr4 3 BothHand Play both the left- and right-hand parts with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows you which keys to play. In Lesson 4, both parts (left and right) are muted, letting you play the entire song by yourself. Grade 51 The Lesson feature has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing of the Lesson songs, and just like a real teacher, it indicates how well you did each exercise. Four grades are assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,” “Good,” “Very Good!,” and “Excellent!.” EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 53 MIDI Functions Nearly all of the electronic musical instruments made today-particularly synthesizers, sequencers and computer music related devices-use MIDI. MIDI is a worldwide standard that allows these devices to send and receive performance and setting data. Naturally, this instrument lets you send your keyboard performance as MIDI data, as well as that of the styles and panel settings. The potential MIDI holds for your live performance and music creation/production is enormous-simply by connecting this instrument to a computer and transmitting MIDI data. In this section, you'll learn the basics of MIDI and the particular MIDI functions of this instrument. What Is MIDI? No doubt you have heard the terms "acoustic instrument" and "digital instrument." In the world today, these are the two main categories of instruments. Let's consider an acoustic piano and a classical guitar as representative acoustic instruments. They are easy to understand. With the piano, you strike a key, and a hammer inside hits some strings and plays a note. With the guitar, you directly pluck a string and the note sounds. But how does a digital instrument go about playing a note? Acoustic guitar note production Digital instrument note production L Sampling Note Tone Generator (Electronic circuit) Sampling Note R Playing the keyboard Pluck a string and the body resonates the sound. Based on playing information from the keyboard, a sampling note stored in the tone generator is played through the speakers. As shown in the illustration above, in an electronic instrument the sampling note (previously recorded note) stored in the tone generator section (electronic circuit) is played based on information received from the keyboard. So then what is the information from the keyboard that becomes the basis for note production? For example, let's say you play a "C" quarter note using the grand piano sound on the instrument. Unlike an acoustic instrument that puts out a resonated note, the electronic instrument puts out information from the keyboard such as "with what voice," "with which key," "about how strong," "when was it pressed," and "when was it released." Then each piece of information is changed into a number value and sent to the tone generator. Using these numbers as a basis, the tone generator plays the stored sampling note. ● Example of Keyboard Information Voice number (with what voice) Note number (with which key) Note on (when was it pressed) and note off (when was it released) Velocity (about how strong) 120 (strong) 52 54 01 (grand piano) 60 (C3) Timing expressed numerically (quarter note) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Functions Your keyboard performance and all panel operations of this instrument are processed as MIDI data. The auto accompaniment patterns (styles) are also made up of MIDI data. MIDI is an acronym that stands for Musical Instrument Digital Interface and it allows different musical instruments and devices to instantly communicate with each other, via digital data. The MIDI standard is used all over the world and was designed to transmit performance data between electronic musical instruments. (and computers). MIDI messages can be divided into two groups: Channel messages and System messages. GM System Level 1 “GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level 1. The EZ-250i supports GM System Level 1. ● Channel Messages This instrument is capable of handling 16 MIDI channels simultaneously—meaning it can play up to sixteen different instruments at the same time. Channel messages transmit information such as Note ON/OFF, Program Change, for each of the 16 channels. Message Name Note ON/OFF Program Change Control Change EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting Messages which are generated when the keyboard is played. Each message includes a specific note number which corresponds to the key which is pressed, plus a velocity value based on how hard the key is stuck. Voice number (along with corresponding bank select MSB/LSB settings, if necessary). Messages that are used to change some aspect of the sound (volume, etc.). ● System Messages This is data that is used in common by the entire MIDI system. System messages include messages like Exclusive Messages that transmit data unique to each instrument manufacturer and Realtime Messages that control the MIDI device. Message Name Exclusive Message Realtime Messages EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting Reverb setting, etc. Clock, Start/stop operations 53 The messages transmitted/received by the EZ-250i are shown in the MIDI Implementation Chart on page 78. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 55 MIDI Functions Connecting to a Personal Computer Connecting this instrument to a computer enables a wide range of powerful and useful musical possibilties. You can transfer MIDI data back and forth with your computer for music recording/playback, and with the special Song Filer software (contained in the included CD-ROM), you can copy data from your computer to memory card. Connect one end of a USB cable to the USB terminal on the rear panel of this instrument to the USB terminal on your computer. You'll also need to install the USB-MIDI driver (also in the included CD-ROM) to your computer. For details, see the “CD-ROM Installation Guide”. Viewing the Notation for MIDI Channel 1 • The EZ-250i has a special function that lets you view the notes of the MIDI data (channel 1 only) on the display. EZ-250i USB Cable Computer (sequencer software) MIDI LSB Receive Cancel Determines whether the LSB data of Bank Select is received or not. Press and hold the lowest key and turn on the power to change the setting (LSB is ignored). To restore MIDI LSB Receive Cancel to normal (LSB is recognized), turn on the power again normally. 54 56 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Functions Local Control This function lets you enable or disable keyboard control over the EZ-250i’s voices in the Function mode (page 67). This would come in handy, for example, when recording notes to MIDI sequencer. If you are using the sequencer to play back the voices of the EZ-250i, you would want to set this to “off” — in order to avoid getting “double” notes, both from the keyboard and from the sequencer. Normally, when playing the EZ-250i by itself, this should be set to “on.” • No sound is output from the EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is set to OFF. External Clock This determines whether the style and song playback functions are controlled by the PortaTone’s internal clock (off) or by MIDI clock data from an external sequencer or computer (on). This should be set to on when you want to have style or song playback follow the external device (such as a rhythm machine or a sequencer). The default setting is off. • If External Clock is set to ON, style or song playback will not start unless external clock are received. These settings can be made in the Function mode (page 67). Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer • When the Initial Setup Send operation is completed, the EZ250i automatically returns to the previous panel condition. 55 The most common use for the Initial Setup Send function is in recording a song on a sequencer that is intended for playback with the EZ-250i. Essentially, this takes a “snapshot” of the EZ-250i settings and sends that data to the sequencer. By recording this “snapshot” at the start of the song (before any actual performance data), you can instantly restore the necessary settings on the EZ-250i in the Function mode (page 67). Provided there is a pause in the song, you could also do this in the middle of a song — for example, completely changing the EZ-250i settings for the next section of the song. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 57 MIDI Functions PC Mode The PC Mode lets you instantly reconfigure the MIDI control settings for use with a computer or MIDI device. PC mode is on OFF LOCAL ON/OFF PC mode is off ON ■ To turn the PC mode on or off: Press the [PC] button and then press the appropriate [+]/[–] button. This switches between the PC Mode on/off settings. on • No sound is output from the EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is set to OFF. • A "Can't Set" message appears in the display when the USB terminal is not connected to another device. PC Mode Loading a Song into EZ-250i’s Flash Memory The EZ-250i’s internal flash memory enables you to save song data transmitted from a connected personal computer. You can play or practice Flash songs (saved in flash memory) in the same way as preset songs. To transmit song data from a personal computer to the EZ-250i, you first need to install the “Song Filer” application to your computer. Song data that can be saved in flash memory: • The number of songs: • Available memory: • Data format: max. 100 songs (Song #081–#180) 448 KB SMF format 0 The total number of songs that can be loaded will depend on the data size of the songs. As an example, about 20, 20-kilobyte songs can be loaded. ■ Installing Song Filer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • You can install the “Song Filer” application from the included CD-ROM (see page 60). Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page) http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/ 56 58 • Visit the Yamaha PK CLUB website for more information on the latest version of Song Filer (version 2.0.0 or higher) and how to install it. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Functions System requirements for Song Filer: [Macintosh] [Windows] OS: CPU: Available Memory: Free space in Hard Disk: Display: Windows 95/98/Me/2000/XP Pentium/100MHz or faster 8MB or more 2MB or more 800 x 600, 256 colors or more OS: Mac OS 7.5 through 9.2.2 ( OSX and Mac Classic environments are not supported) CPU: Power PC or upper Available Memory: 8MB or more Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more 800 x 600, 256 colors or mor e Display: ■ Song Filer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • After you install Song Filer and connect the EZ-250i to the computer, you can use the two functions described below. ● Transmit Files You can transmit song files from your computer to your EZ-250i’s Flash Memory. EZ-250i USB Cable Computer ● Manage Files on Flash Memory You can delete and rename files in your EZ-250i’s Flash Memory from your computer. • Refer to page 56 for information on connecting the EZ-250i to a computer. • You cannot use the Song Filer’s “Receive Files” function with the EZ-250i. • For more information on using Song Filer, refer to the PDF manual included in the Song Filer application. • Never attempt to turn the power off while transmitting song data. Doing so will not only result in failure to save the data, but also make the internal flash memory unstable. It may also clear all the data residing in the flash memory when turning the power on and off. • Saved data in the instrument may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Retain important data to your computer or floppy disk. Selecting a right & left hand guide track 57 You can select a track in the Function mode (page 67) to guide your right and left hand fingering during the Lesson (page 51). This function is available only when you select a flash memory song (SMF format 0). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 59 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide SPECIAL NOTICES • The software and this Installation Guide are exclusive copyrights of Yamaha Corporation. • Use of the software and this guide is governed by the SOFTWARE LICENSING AGREEMENT which the purchaser fully agrees to upon breaking the seal of the software packaging. (Please read carefully the AGREEMENT on pages 3 and 65 before installing the application.) • Copying of the software or reproduction of this guide in whole or in part by any means is expressly forbidden without the written consent of the manufacturer. • Yamaha makes no representations or warranties with regard to the use of the software and documentation and cannot be held responsible for the results of the use of this guide and the software. • This disc is a CD-ROM. Do not attempt to play the disc on an audio CD player. Doing so may result in irreparable damage to your audio CD player. • Copying of the commercially available music data is strictly prohibited except for your personal use. • The company names and product names in this Installation Guide are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. • Future upgrades of application and system software and any changes in specifications and functions will be announced separately. • Depending on the version of your operating system, the screen shots and messages shown in this guide may differ to those that you see on your computer screen. Contents of CD-ROM The applications in this CD-ROM are provided in versions for both Windows and Macintosh operating systems. The installation procedure and the applications themselves differ depending on the operating system that you are using. • Never attempt to play back the included CD-ROM on an audio CD player. Doing so may result in damage to your hearing as well as to your CD player/audio speakers. For Windows Application/Data Name Song Filer *1 *2 USB Driver for Windows 98/Me USB Driver for Windows 2000/XP Folder Name SongFiler USBdrv_ USBdrv2k_ YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs *2 *3 Acrobat Reader KEYBOARDMANIA Acroread_ KMYE Contents Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer. Enables communication between the MIDI instrument and your computer via a USB connection (for the indicated version of Windows). Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools, enhancing your MIDI instrument experience. PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications. Enables playing the game or lesson. For Macintosh Application/Data Name Song Filer *1 *2 Open Music System (OMS) *2 OMS Setup for YAMAHA *2 Folder Name SongFiler USB Driver USBdrv_ OMS_ YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs Acrobat Reader *2 *3 Acroread_ Contents Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer. Enables you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS. Contains the OMS setup files for the Yamaha MIDI instrument. Enables your computer to communicate with the MIDI instrument when your computer and the MIDI instrument are connected using a USB cable. Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools, enhancing your MIDI instrument experience. PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications. *1 Song Filer cannot be used with the instrument when the instrument is in one of the following conditions. • Demo song mode *2 The applications are supplied with online/PDF manuals. *3 Unfortunately, Yamaha makes no guarantee concerning the stability of these programs nor can it offer user support for them. CD-ROM Installation Procedure The following steps are the same for both Windows and Macintosh. Verify that your system meets the operating requirements of the software (Song Filer, driver, etc.) See the Minimum System Requirements. Insert the CD-ROM to your computer. Click the “cancel” dialog in initial display (Windows only). Connect the instrument to your computer. Refer to page 56 for details on connections. • Depending on the computer system you are using, some types of connections may not be possible. Install the appropriate driver to your computer, and make the necessary settings. See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh). 60 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Filer, etc.). Acrobat Reader/YAMAHA USB MIDI Driver: See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh). Insert the CD-ROM. Click the “install” dialog of KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer (Windows only). Refer to “Installing Song Filer” for Macintosh on page 64 For subsequent operations, refer to the owner’s manual for each software program (online help/PDF manual). • In order to view PDF files, you will need to install Acrobat Reader in your computer. See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh). 58 Eject the CD-ROM. Install the software (KEYBOARDMANIA (Windows only), Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide Minimum System Requirements For Windows Data Name Song Filer USB Driver for Windows 98/Me USB Driver for Windows 2000/XP KEYBOARDMANIA OS Windows 95/98/98SE/Me/2000/ XP Home Edition/XP Professional Windows 98/98SE/Me Windows 2000/XP Home Edition/ XP Professional Windows 98/Me/2000/XP Home Edition/XP Professional CPU 100 MHz or higher; Intel® Pentium®/Celeron® processor family Memory Hard Disk 8 MB or more 2 MB or more 166 MHz or higher; Intel® Pentium®/Celeron® processor family 32 MB or more 266 MHz or higher; Pentium®/Celeron® 32 MB or more Display Other 800 x 600, 256 colors or more 500 MB or more — — — — — 640 x 480 High Color (16bit) — Display Other For Macintosh Data Name Song Filer USB Driver OS Mac OS 7.5 through OS 9.22 (The Mac OS X and Mac Classic environments are not supported) Mac OS 8.6 through OS 9.22 (The Mac OS X and Mac Classic environments are not supported) CPU Memory Hard Disk 800 x 600, 256 colors or more 8 MB or more A Macintosh computer with a PowerPC or later CPU. 64 MB or more (128 MB or more is recommended) 2 MB or more — OMS 2.3.3 or later (included in the CD-ROM in the package) — For Windows Users ■ Software Installation • • • • • • • • • • • • • For details about the application software which has no installation guide described below, refer to the online manual of each software. Select the language you want to use and double-click on its folder. The file “ar***.exe” file will be displayed. (“***” indicates the selected language.) Double-click on “ar***.exe.” Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog box will be displayed. Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions. Uninstall (Removing the installed application) You can remove the installed application software. Windows 98/ME Select [START] → [Settings] → [Control Panel] → [Add/ Remove Programs] → [Install/Uninstall], then select the application to be removed and click [Add/Remove...]. Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application. • The button names or menus may differ depending on the computer OS. Windows 2000/XP Select [START] → [Control Panel] → [Add/Remove Programs], then select the application to be removed and click [Remove]. Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application. After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on your PC (in Program Files, as the default). For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the Reader Guide in the Help menu. ● USB MIDI Driver To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB, you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software. The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument via a USB cable. Computer MIDI instrument Sequence Software USB cable ● Acrobat Reader In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader. • If an older version of Acrobat Reader is installed on your PC, you’ll need to uninstall it before proceeding. Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder. Driver • Before you install the USB MIDI driver, you can minimize the possibility of problems by putting your computer in the following state. • Close all applications and windows that you are not using. • Disconnect all cables from the MIDI instrument except for the cable whose driver you are installing. 59 Four different language folders will be displayed. EZ-250i EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 61 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide Click [Next]. Installation for Windows 98/Me/2000/XP Start the computer. From the window that appears, you can select the method of searching for the driver. For Windows 2000/XP execute the following steps after the computer is started. Check the radio button next to “Search for a suitable driver for In Windows 2000, use the “Administrator” account to log in, then select [My Computer] → [Control Panel] → [System] → [Hardware] → [Driver Signing] → [File Signature Verification]. Check the radio button next to “Ignore — Install all files, regardless of file signature,” then click “OK.” In Windows 98, check the “Specify a location” box, click In Windows XP, select [Start] → [Control Panel]. (If the control panel appears as shown below, click “Switch to Classic View” at the upper left of the window to display all Control Panel icons.) Next, go to [System] → [Hardware] → [Driver Signing] → [File Signature Verification] and check the radio button next to “Ignore — Install software, not want to check (I),” then click “OK.” Click “OK” to close System Properties, then close the Control Panel by clicking the close box ([x]) at the top right of the display. your device. (Recommended),” then click [Next]. From this window, you can specify the location of the driver. “Browse..”, then specify the “USBdrv_” directory of the CDROM drive (such as D:\USBdrv_\) and continue the installation. In Windows 2000, check “CD-ROM drive” and make sure all other items are unchecked. Click [Next]. The system searches for the driver in the CDROM and prepares to install. • In some cases, the system may ask you to insert a Windows CD-ROM while it checks for the driver. If this happens, specify the “USBdrv_“ directory of the CD-ROM drive (for example, D:\USBdrv_\) in Windows 98, or the “USBdrv2k_“ directory (for example, D:\USBdrv2k_\) in Windows 2000, and continue the installation. After confirming that “YAMAHA USB MIDI Driver” is shown in the driver search window, click [Next]. Installation starts. • The exact pathname or location of the driver may differ depending on the particular instrument and other variables. When the installation is complete and a message appears to indicate completion, click [Finish]. • On some computers, it make take about ten seconds or so for this message to appear after installation is complete. In Windows 2000/XP, the computer is restarted. The driver has been properly installed. Insert the included CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive and click the “Cancel” dialog on the display. Check that the instrument is turned off, then connect the USB terminal of the computer to the USB terminal of the instrument with a standard USB cable. Turn on the instrument, and the message “Add New Hardware Wizard” (Windows 98/Me/ 2000) or “Found New Hardware Wizard” (Windows XP) automatically appears. • On some computers, it make take about ten seconds or so for this display to appear after the instrument is turned on. In Windows Me, check the radio button next to “Automatic search for a better driver (Recommended)” of the Add New Hardware Wizard, then click [Next]. The system searches for the proper driver and installation starts automatically. Unless you are manually installing a driver, skip directly to step below. If a proper driver is not found, select “Specify the location of the driver (Advanced)” and specify the “USBdrv_“ folder on the CD-ROM In Windows XP, check the radio button next to “Install the software automatically (Recommended)” of the Found New Hardware Wizard, then click [Next]. The system searches for the proper driver and installation starts automatically. Unless you are manually installing a driver, skip directly to step below. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Insert the CD-ROM to your computer. Click the “install” dialog of KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer. For instructions and operation details of KEYBOARDMANIA, refer to the PDF manuals in the “manual” folder in the CD-ROM. To view the documentation, you’ll need to: Click [Cancel] to exit from the Install display. Double-click [My Computer], then RIGHT-click on [CD-ROM]. Select [OPEN], then double-click [KMYE] and double-click [manual]. For instruction and operation detail of Song Filer, refer to the online help and PDF manual. * For the latest version of Song Filer, go to the following website. http://www.yamahapkclub.com./english/download/ songfiler/songfiler.htm When using KEYBOARDMANIA, set the MIDI port to USB according to the instructions in the manual (see the file KM_manual.pdf, pages 7 and 8) contained in the CD-ROM. When using Song Filer, follow the steps below to set the MIDI port to USB. Connect the instrument to your computer with a USB cable. First, turn on your computer, then the instrument, and finally, start Song Filer. Open the “MIDI Port Setting” from the Song Filer menu bar, and select “USB.” 60 62 ● Installing KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide For Macintosh Users ■ Software Installation • • • • • • • • • • • • ● USB MIDI Driver In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader. To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB, you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software. The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument via a USB cable. ● Acrobat Reader Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder. Four different language folders will be displayed: English, German, French and Spanish. Select the language you want to use and double-click on its folder. “Reader Installer” will be displayed. The Installer name may differ depending on the language you select. Computer MIDI instrument Sequence Software USB cable EZ-250i OMS Driver Double-click on the “Reader Installer.” Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog will be displayed. Execute the installation by following the directions appearing on the screen. After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on your computer (in Hard Disk, as the default). For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the Reader Guide in the Help menu. First install OMS before you install the USB-MIDI driver. Also, after installing the driver, you will need to set up OMS (see page 64). Start the computer. Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. The system displays the CD-ROM icon on the desktop. Double-click the CD-ROM icon and double-click the “Install ● Open Music System (OMS) USB Driver” icon in the “USBdrv_” folder to display the following installation screen. OMS allows you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS at the same time. Double-click on the “OMS_” folder (English version only). “Install OMS *****” will be displayed. Double-click on “Install OMS *****.” OMS Setup Dialog will be displayed. Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions. After the installation, select “Restart.” • After the installation is complete, you may possibly encounter an error message warning that the installer did not close. In this case, go to the “File” menu and select “Quit” to close the installer. Then reboot the computer. After restarting the Macintosh, you will find the “Opcode”/ “OMS Applications” folder on your computer (Hard Disk, as the default). Copy the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” in the CD-ROM to the “OMS Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder). Refer to the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” (English version only) how to use the application. Copy the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” in the CD-ROM to the installation. If you wish to change the destination disk or folder, use the [Switch Disk] button and the pop-up menu to specify the desired destination. • This box usually displays the start-up disk as the destination. Click the [Install] button. The system displays the following message: “This installation requires your computer to restart after installing this software. Click Continue to automatically quit all other running applications.” Click [Continue]. • To cancel the installation, click [Cancel]. 61 “OMS Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder). In the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” folder you will find the OMS Setup files for the Yamaha tone generators, which can be used as templates. The “Install Location” box displays the destination of the EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 63 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide The installation starts. If the driver has alreadybeen installed, the following message appears. To return to step , press [Continue]. To complete the installation, click [Quit]. Setting up OMS The OMS studio setup file for the MIDI instrument is contained in the included CD-ROM. This studio setup file is used for setting up OMS. • Before performing the following procedure, the OMS and USB MIDI Driver should be installed (see page 63). Use a USB cable to connect the USB terminal of the com When the installation is complete, the system displays the following message: “Installation was successful. You have installed software which requires you to restart your computer.” Click [Restart]. The computer automatically restarts. You can locate the installed files in the following locations: • [System Folder] → [Control Panels] → [YAMAHA USB MIDI Patch] • [System Folder] → [Extensions] → [USB YAMAHA MIDI Driver] • [System Folder] → [OMS Folder] → [YAMAHA USB MIDI OMS Driver] puter (or the USB hub) to the USB terminal of the MIDI instrument and turn the MIDI instrument’ power on. Start the computer. Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your Macintosh computer. The CD-ROM icon appears on the desktop. Double-click on the CD-ROM icon, “OMS_”, and “OMS Setup for YAMAHA.” The file “****-USB” appears. (“****” indicates the product name, etc.) Copy this to the hard disk on your computer. Double-click on the “****-USB” file to start the OMS Setup. After starting the OMS Setup, the Studio setup file doubleclicked in step opens. Indicates this setup is available ■ Installing Song Filer Double-click on the “SongFiler_” folder in the CD-ROM. “Install Song Filer” file will be displayed. Double-click on the “Install Song Filer” file. The Song Filer installation dialog will be displayed. Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions. • Select “Custom Installation” if you want to access PDF manuals in languages other than English. After installing, restart the computer. For instructions and operation details, refer to the online help and PDF manual. * For the latest version of Song Filer, go to the following website. http://www.yamahapkclub.com./english/download/ songfiler/songfiler.htm • If “ ” is not indicated at the left of the setup file name, select “Make Current” from the “File” menu and execute the save operation. The OMS studio setup has been completed. • After the OMS studio setup above has been completed, your computer will recognize only the MIDI instrument as a MIDI instrument. If you use another MIDI instrument in addition to the MIDI instrument or you add a second MIDI instrument to the existing system, you should create an original Studio Setup file. For details, refer to the on-line manual supplied with the OMS. 62 64 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide Depending on the Macintosh and operating system version that you are using, the included studio setup file for the MIDI instrument still may not work even after you have performed the above steps. (MIDI transmission and reception will not be possible even if the setup is valid.) In this case, use the following procedure to re-create the setup file. Connect the MIDI instrument and Macintosh via USB cable, and turn on the power of the MIDI instrument. Start up OMS Setup, and from the “File” menu, choose “New setup.” The OMS driver search dialog box will appear. Uncheck both [Modem] and [Printer] if you are using a USB connection. Click the [Find] button to search for the device. When a device has been found, the OMS Driver Setting dialog box will display “USB-MIDI.” • If the device was found correctly, click the [OK] button to proceed. • If the device was not found, re-check that the cable connections are correct, and repeat the procedure from step . Make sure that the port is shown below the device that was found. (This will be a name such as USB-MIDI.) Check the check box for the port, and then click the [OK] button. A dialog box will appear, allowing you to name the file that will be saved. Input the desired filename, and click [Save]. This completes the OMS setup. From the “Studio” menu, choose “Test,” and click the port icon. If a channel sounds on the MIDI instrument, the system is operating correctly. For details on using OMS, refer to “OMS_***_Mac.pdf,” included with OMS. SOFTWARE LICENSING AGREEMENT The following is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and Yamaha Corporation (“Yamaha”). The enclosed Yamaha software program is licensed by Yamaha to the original purchaser for use only on the terms set forth herein. Please read this licensing agreement with care. Opening this package indicates that you accept all terms outlined herein. If you do not agree to the terms, return this package unopened to Yamaha for a full refund. In the event that you obtained the enclosed Yamaha software program(s) as a part of a software package or software bundled with a hardware product, you may not return the enclosed Yamaha software program(s) to Yamaha. 1. GRANT OF LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT Yamaha grants you, the original purchaser, the right to use one copy of the enclosed software program and data (“SOFTWARE”) on a single-user computer system. You may not use it on more than one computer or computer terminal. The SOFTWARE is owned by Yamaha and is protected by Japanese copyright laws and all applicable international treaty provisions. You are entitled to claim ownership of the media in which the SOFTWARE is included. Therefore, you must treat the SOFTWARE like any other copyrighted materials. 2. RESTRICTIONS The SOFTWARE program is copyrighted. You may not engage in reverse engineering or reproduction of the SOFTWARE by other conceivable methods. You may not reproduce, modify, change, rent, lease, resell, or distribute the SOFTWARE in whole or in part, or create derivative works from the SOFTWARE. You may not transmit or network the SOFTWARE with other computers. You may transfer ownership of the SOFTWARE and the accompanying written materials on a permanent basis provided that you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms of the licensing agreement. 3. TERMINATION The licensing condition of the software program becomes effective on the day that you receive the SOFTWARE. If any one of the copyright laws or clauses of the licensing conditions is violated, the licensing agreement shall be terminated automatically without notice from Yamaha. In this case, you must destroy the licensed SOFTWARE and its copies immediately. 4. PRODUCT WARRANTY Yamaha warrants to the original purchaser that if the SOFTWARE, when used in normal conditions, will not perform the functions described in the manual provided by Yamaha, the sole remedy will be that Yamaha will replace any media which proves defective in materials or workmanship on an exchange basis without charge. Except as expressly set forth above, the SOFTWARE is provided “as is,” and no other warranties, either expressed or implied, are made with respect to this software, including, without limitation the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. 5. LIMITED LIABILITY Your sole remedies and Yamaha’s entire liability are as set forth above. In no event will Yamaha be liable to you or any other person for any damages, including without limitation any incidental or consequential damages, expenses, lost profits, lost savings or other damages arising out of the use or inability to use such SOFTWARE even if Yamaha or an authorized dealer has been advised of the possibility of such damages, or for any claim by any other party. 6. GENERAL 63 This license agreement shall be interpreted according to and governed by Japanese laws. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 65 Function The EZ-250i has a variety of settings in the Function parameters. These give you detailed control over many of the EZ-250i’s features. Using the Function parameters 1 Select a Function name. Press the [FUNCTION] button, repeatedly if necessary, until appropriate Function name is appear in the display. 00 2 Transpos Input the appropriate value or use the [+]/[–] buttons to set the selected Function. 02 • To save the Function parameters and the Touch on/off status to internal memory (flash memory), press and hold the [FUNCTION] button. (See page 68.) • To input a negative value, simultaneously hold the [–] button and enter the number. Transpos ● Function parameters CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/ Settings Overall Transpose Transpos -12–12 This determines the transposition of the entire EZ-250i sound. * Tuning Tuning -100–100 This determines the pitch of the entire EZ-250i sound . * Split Point SplitPnt 000–127 This determines the highest key for the Split voice and sets the Split “point” * — in other words, the key that separates the Split (lower) and Main (upper) voices. (The Split voice sounds up to and including the Split Point key.) The default Split Point is 054 (F#2). The Split Point setting and Accompaniment Split Point setting are automatically set to the same value. 1–3 A setting of “1” results in limited touch response; this setting produces a rel- * atively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play the keys. “2” lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud), while “3” is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more detailed control in the soft volume range. When Touch is turned off (page 27), a constant velocity value of 80 is produced (total velocity range = 0–127). On/Off This determines the Sustain on or off. Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Sustain to on or off. Touch Sensitivity TouchSns Sustain On/Off * 64 66 Sustain Description EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Function CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/ Settings Description Volume Style Volume StyleVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the style, letting you create an optimum mix with your performance. * Song Volume SongVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Song. * Metronome Volume MtrVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Metronome. * 0–15 This determines the time signature of the Metronome. * Metronome Time TimeSig Signature Main Voice Dual Voice Split Voice Effect/ Harmony Volume M.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Main voice, letting you create an optimum mix with the Dual or Split voice. * Octave M.Octave -2–2 (octave) This determines the octave range for the Main voice. Use this to set the most suitable range for the Main voice. * Reverb Send Level M.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect. * Chorus Send Level M.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect. * Voice D.Voice 1–480 This select the dual voice. Volume D.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Dual voice, letting you create an optimum mix with the Main voice. * Octave D.Octave -2–2 (octave) This determines the octave range for the Dual voice. Use this to create an octave layer for the Dual voice. * Reverb Send Level D.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Dual voice. * Chorus Send Level D.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Dual voice. * Voice S.Voice 1–480 This select the split voice. Volume S.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Split voice, letting you create an optimum mix with the Main voice. * Octave S.Octave -2–2 (octave) This determines the octave range for the Split voice. Use this to set the most suitable range for the Split (lower) voice. * Reverb Send Level S.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Split voice. * Chorus Send Level S.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Split voice. * Reverb Type Reverb * Chorus 1–10 1–5 This determines the Reverb type (See the list on page 32). Chorus Type Harmony Type HarmType 1–26 This determines the Harmony type (See the list on page 31). 0–127 This determines the level of the Harmony effect when Harmony type 1-5 is * selected, letting you create the optimum mix with the original melody note. Harmony Volume HarmVol Utility This determines the Chorus type, including “off” (See the list on page 32). * * Local On/Off Local On/Off This determines the Local on or off. Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Local Control to on or off. * External Clock ExtClock On/Off This determines the External clock or Internal clock. Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set External clock or Internal clock. * Initial Setup Send InitSend YES/NO This lets you save PortaTone initial data to another device (such as a sequencer, computer, or MIDI data filer). Use the [+/ON] button to transmit the data. Lesson Track (R) R-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your right hand lesson. This setting is effective only loaded song. * Lesson Track (L) L-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your left hand lesson. This setting is effective only loaded song. * Demo Cancel D-Cancel On/Off This determines the Demo Cancel is enabled or not. Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Demo Cancel to on or off. Backup Clear BkupClr? YES/NO This determines the Internal Flash Memory is initialized or not. 65 * The “*” mark indicates that the setting can be restored to default value by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 67 Data Backup ■ Data Backup • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The following data can be stored to internal flash memory as data backup. Group SONG FUNCTION Touch Parameter User Song Data Tuning Split Point Touch Sensitivity Sustain On/Off Style Volume Song Volume Metronome Volume Demo Cancel On/Off Touch On/Off • Never attempt to turn the power off when data is being transferred from a computer. Doing so can damage the internal flash memory and result in loss of data. ● About the Internal Flash Memory The Song data is stored when data is transferred from a computer. Function and touch On/Off are stored when Pressing and Holding the [FUNCTION] button. ■ Data Initialization • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ● All Data Initialization (including loaded song data) All data can be initialized by turning on the power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key (C6) and nearest A key (A5) on the keyboard. “CLr All Mem” will appear briefly on the display. You can also execute this setting in the Utility mode (see page 67.) • All data listed above, plus loaded song data, will be erased and/or changed when the All Data Initialization procedure is carried out. • Carrying out the data initialization procedure will usually restore normal operation if the EZ-250i freezes or begins to act erratically for any reason. ● All data Initialization (excluding song data) All data except for loaded song data can be initialized by turning on the power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key on the keyboard. 66 68 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause and Solution When the EZ-250i is turned on or off, a popping sound is temporarily produced. This is normal and indicates that the EZ-250i is receiving electrical power. When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile phone in close proximity to the EZ-250i may produce interference. To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it further away from the EZ-250i. There is no sound even when the keyboard is played or when a song is being played back. Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the rear panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack, no sound is output. Check the Local Control on/off or PC Mode on/off. (See page 57, 58.) When using the Dictionary function (page 42), the keys in the right hand area are used only for entering the chord root and type. The sound of the voices or rhythms seems unusual or strange. The battery power is too low. Replace the batteries. (See page 10.) The auto accompaniment doesn’t turn on, even when pressing the [ACMP ON/OFF] button. Make sure the Style mode is active before using the auto accompaniment. Press the [STYLE] button to enable style operations. The style or song does not play back even when pressing the [START/STOP] button. Check the External Clock on/off. (See page 57.) The style or song does not sound properly. Make sure that the Style Volume or Song Volume (page 39) is set to an appropriate level. When playing back one of the Pianist styles (#93 #100), the rhythm cannot be heard. This is normal. The Pianist styles have no drums or bass — only piano accompaniment. The accompaniment of the style can only be heard when accompaniment is set to ON and keys are played in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. Not all of the voices seem to sound, or the sound seems to be cut off. The EZ-250i is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes. If the Dual voice or Split voice is being used and a style or song is playing back at the same time, some notes/sounds may be omitted (or “stolen”) from the accompaniment or song. A strange “flanging” or “doubling” sound occurs when using the EZ-250i with a sequencer. (This may also sound like a “dual” layered sound of two voices, even when Dual is turned off.) When using the style with a sequencer, set MIDI Echo (or the relevant control) to “off.” (Refer to the owner’s manual of your particular device and/or software for details.) The footswitch (for sustain) seems to produce the opposite effect. For example, pressing the footswitch cuts off the sound and releasing it sustains the sounds. The polarity of the footswitch is reversed. Make sure that the footswitch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power. The sound of the voice changes from note to note. The AWM tone generation method uses multiple recordings (samples) of an instrument across the range of the keyboard; thus, the actual sound of the voice may be slightly different from note to note. 67 Playing keys in the right hand area of the keyboard does not produce any sound. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 69 Voice List Voice List ■ Maximum Polyphony • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The EZ-250i has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means that it can play a maximum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless of what functions are used. Auto Accompaniment uses a number of the available notes, so when Auto Accompaniment is used the total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice and Song functions. • The Voice List includes MIDI program change numbers for each voice. Use these program change numbers when playing the EZ-250i via MIDI from an external device. • Some voices may sound continuously or have a long decay after the notes have been released while the sustain pedal (footswitch) is held. ● Panel Voice List Voice No. MSB LSB 001 002 003 004 005 006 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 112 112 112 113 112 007 008 009 010 011 012 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 112 112 113 114 112 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 113 112 116 112 114 118 119 114 112 113 112 025 026 027 028 0 0 0 0 113 112 113 112 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 112 113 112 113 112 117 112 112 112 039 040 041 042 043 0 0 0 0 0 112 112 112 112 112 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Program Voice Name Change# PIANO 0 Grand Piano 1 Bright Piano 3 Honky-tonk Piano 2 MIDI Grand Piano 2 CP 80 6 Harpsichord E.PIANO 4 Galaxy EP 4 Funky Electric Piano 5 DX Modern Elec. Piano 5 Hyper Tines 5 Venus Electric Piano 7 Clavi ORGAN 16 Jazz Organ 1 16 Jazz Organ 2 17 Click Organ 16 Bright Organ 18 Rock Organ 18 Purple Organ 16 16'+2' Organ 16 16'+4' Organ 16 Theater Organ 19 Church Organ 19 Chapel Organ 20 Reed Organ ACCORDION 21 Traditional Accordion 21 Musette Accordion 23 Bandoneon 22 Harmonica GUITAR 24 Classical Guitar 25 Folk Guitar 25 12Strings Guitar 26 Jazz Guitar 26 Octave Guitar 27 Clean Guitar 27 60’s Clean Guitar 28 Muted Guitar 29 Overdriven Guitar 30 Distortion Guitar BASS 32 Acoustic Bass 33 Finger Bass 34 Pick Bass 35 Fretless Bass 36 Slap Bass Bank Select Voice No. MSB 044 045 046 0 0 0 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 059 060 061 062 0 0 0 0 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 072 073 074 075 076 077 0 0 0 0 0 0 078 079 080 081 082 083 0 0 0 0 0 0 084 085 086 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 112 38 Synth Bass 113 38 Hi-Q Bass 113 39 Dance Bass STRINGS 112 48 String Ensemble 112 49 Chamber Strings 112 50 Synth Strings 113 49 Slow Strings 112 44 Tremolo Strings 112 45 Pizzicato Strings 112 55 Orchestra Hit 112 40 Violin 112 42 Cello 112 43 Contrabass 112 105 Banjo 112 46 Harp CHOIR 112 52 Choir 113 52 Vocal Ensemble 112 53 Vox Humana 112 54 Air Choir SAXOPHONE 112 64 Soprano Sax 112 65 Alto Sax 112 66 Tenor Sax 114 66 Breathy Tenor 112 67 Baritone Sax 112 68 Oboe 112 69 English Horn 112 70 Bassoon 112 71 Clarinet TRUMPET 112 56 Trumpet 112 59 Muted Trumpet 112 57 Trombone 113 57 Trombone Section 112 60 French Horn 112 58 Tuba BRASS 112 61 Brass Section 113 61 Big Band Brass 119 61 Mellow Horns 112 62 Synth Brass 113 62 Jump Brass 114 62 Techno Brass FLUTE 112 73 Flute 112 72 Piccolo 112 75 Pan Flute 280 70 Bank Select 281 Voice List Bank Select Voice No. MSB 087 088 0 0 089 090 091 092 093 094 095 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 096 097 098 099 100 0 0 0 0 0 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 112 74 Recorder 112 79 Ocarina SYNTH LEAD 112 80 Square Lead 112 81 Sawtooth Lead 112 85 Voice Lead 112 98 Star Dust 112 100 Brightness 115 81 Analogon 119 81 Fargo SYNTH PAD 112 88 Fantasia 113 100 Bell Pad 112 91 Xenon Pad 112 94 Equinox 113 89 Dark Moon PERCUSSION 112 11 Vibraphone 112 12 Marimba 112 13 Xylophone 112 114 Steel Drums 112 8 Celesta 112 14 Tubular Bells 112 47 Timpani 112 10 Music Box DRUM KITS 0 0 Standard Kit 1 0 1 Standard Kit 2 0 8 Room Kit 0 16 Rock Kit 0 24 Electronic Kit 0 25 Analog Kit 0 27 Dance Kit 0 32 Jazz Kit 0 40 Brush Kit 0 48 Symphony Kit 0 0 SFX Kit 1 0 1 SFX Kit 2 ● XGlite Voice List Bank Select Voice No. MSB LSB 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 40 41 0 1 0 1 32 0 1 0 1 32 0 1 32 41 0 1 35 0 1 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0 1 0 1 64 97 98 0 0 96 97 0 35 96 97 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 34 35 37 40 64 65 66 67 0 24 32 33 37 0 64 65 66 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# PIANO 0 Grand Piano 0 Grand Piano KSP 0 Piano Strings 0 Dream 1 Bright Piano 1 Bright Piano KSP 2 Electric Grand Piano 2 Electric Grand Piano KSP 2 Detuned CP80 3 Honky-tonk Piano 3 Honky-tonk Piano KSP 4 Electric Piano 1 4 Electric Piano 1 KSP 4 Chorus Electric Piano 1 5 Electric Piano 2 5 Electric Piano 2 KSP 5 Chorus Electric Piano 2 5 DX + Analog Electric Piano 6 Harpsichord 6 Harpsichord KSP 6 Harpsichord 3 7 Clavi 7 Clavi KSP CHROMATIC 8 Celesta 9 Glockenspiel 10 Music Box 10 Orgel 11 Vibraphone 11 Vibraphone KSP 12 Marimba 12 Marimba KSP 12 Sine Marimba 12 Balimba 12 Log Drums 13 Xylophone 14 Tubular Bells 14 Church Bells 14 Carillon 15 Dulcimer 15 Dulcimer 2 15 Cimbalom 15 Santur ORGAN 16 DrawOrg 16 Detuned DrawOrg 16 60’s DrawOrg 1 16 60’s DrawOrg 2 16 70’s DrawOrg 1 16 60’s DrawOrg 3 16 16+2"2/3 16 Organ Bass 16 70’s DrawOrg 2 16 Cheezy Organ 16 DrawOrg 3 17 Percussive Organ 17 70’s Percussive Organ 17 Detuned Percussive Organ 17 Light Organ 17 Percussive Organ 2 18 Rock Organ 18 Rotary Organ 18 Slow Rotary 18 Fast Rotary EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 71 Voice List MSB LSB 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 35 40 64 65 0 40 0 0 32 0 64 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 0 35 40 41 96 0 32 0 32 0 40 41 45 0 43 0 40 41 0 65 66 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 45 0 18 40 43 45 65 0 28 0 32 33 34 0 32 0 43 0 40 0 6 12 18 19 40 41 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Program Change# 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 21 22 22 23 23 GUITAR 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 27 27 28 28 28 28 29 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 BASS 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 35 35 35 35 36 36 37 37 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 Voice Name Church Organ Church Organ 3 Church Organ 2 Notre Dame Organ Flute Tremolo Organ Flute Reed Organ Puff Organ Accordion Hamonica Harmonica 2 Tango Accordion Tango Accordion 2 Nylon Guitar Ukulele Steel Guitar 12-string Guitar Nylon & Steel Guitar Steel Guitar with Body Sound Mandolin Jazz Guitar Jazz Amp Clean Guitar Chorus Guitar Muted Guitar Funk Guitar 1 Muted Steel Guitar Jazz Man Overdriven Guitar Guitar Pinch Distortion Guitar Feedback Guitar Feedback Guitar 2 Guitar Harmonics Guitar Feedback Guitar Harmonics 2 Acoustic Bass Jazz Rhythm Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass Finger Bass Finger Dark Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar Finger Slap Bass Finger Bass 2 Modulated Bass Pick Bass Muted Pick Bass Fretless Bass Fretless Bass 2 Fretless Bass 3 Fretless Bass 4 Slap Bass 1 Punch Thumb Bass Slap Bass 2 Velocity Switch Slap Synth Bass 1 Techno Synth Bass Synth Bass 2 Mellow Synth Bass Sequenced Bass Click Synth Bass Synth Bass 2 Dark Modular Synth Bass DX Bass Bank Select Voice No. MSB 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 303 304 305 306 307 308 0 0 0 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# STRING 0 40 Violin 8 40 Slow Violin 0 41 Viola 0 42 Cello 0 43 Contrabass 0 44 Tremolo Strings 8 44 Slow Tremolo Strings 40 44 Suspense Strings 0 45 Pizzicato Strings 0 46 Orchestral Harp 40 46 Yang Chin 0 47 Timpani ENSEMBLE 0 48 Strings 1 3 48 Stereo Strings 8 48 Slow Strings 35 48 60’s Strings 40 48 Orchestra 41 48 Orchestra 2 42 48 Tremolo Orchestra 45 48 Velocity Strings 0 49 Strings 2 3 49 Stereo Slow Strings 8 49 Legato Strings 40 49 Warm Strings 41 49 Kingdom 0 50 Synth Strings 1 0 51 Synth Strings 2 0 52 Choir Aahs 3 52 Stereo Choir 32 52 Mellow Choir 40 52 Choir Strings 0 53 Voice Oohs 0 54 Synth Voice 40 54 Synth Voice 2 41 54 Choral 64 54 Analog Voice 0 55 Orchestra Hit 35 55 Orchestra Hit 2 64 55 Impact BRASS 0 56 Trumpet 32 56 Warm Trumpet 0 57 Trombone 18 57 Trombone 2 0 58 Tuba 0 59 Muted Trumpet 0 60 French Horn 6 60 French Horn Solo 32 60 French Horn 2 37 60 Horn Orchestra 0 61 Brass Section Trumpet & Trombone Section 35 61 0 62 Synth Brass 1 20 62 Resonant Synth Brass 0 63 Synth Brass 2 18 63 Soft Brass 41 63 Choir Brass REED 0 64 Soprano Sax 0 65 Alto Sax 40 65 Sax Section 0 66 Tenor Sax 40 66 Breathy Tenor Sax 0 67 Baritone Sax 282 72 Bank Select Voice No. 283 Voice List Bank Select Voice No. MSB 309 310 311 312 0 0 0 0 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 0 68 Oboe 0 69 English Horn 0 70 Bassoon 0 71 Clarinet PIPE 0 72 Piccolo 0 73 Flute 0 74 Recorder 0 75 Pan Flute 0 76 Blown Bottle 0 77 Shakuhachi 0 78 Whistle 0 79 Ocarina SYNTH LEAD 0 80 Square Lead 6 80 Square Lead 2 8 80 LM Square 18 80 Hollow 19 80 Shroud 64 80 Mellow 65 80 Solo Sine 66 80 Sine Lead 0 81 Sawtooth Lead 6 81 Sawtooth Lead 2 8 81 Thick Sawtooth 18 81 Dynamic Sawtooth 19 81 Digital Sawtooth 20 81 Big Lead 96 81 Sequenced Analog 0 82 Calliope Lead 65 82 Pure Pad 0 83 Chiff Lead 0 84 Charang Lead 64 84 Distorted Lead 0 85 Voice Lead 0 86 Fifths Lead 35 86 Big Five 0 87 Bass & Lead 16 87 Big & Low 64 87 Fat & Perky 65 87 Soft Whirl SYNTH PAD 0 88 New Age Pad 64 88 Fantasy 0 89 Warm Pad 0 90 Poly Synth Pad 0 91 Choir Pad 66 91 Itopia 0 92 Bowed Pad 0 93 Metallic Pad 0 94 Halo Pad 0 95 Sweep Pad SYNTH EFFECTS 0 96 Rain 65 96 African Wind 66 96 Carib 0 97 Sound Track 27 97 Prologue 0 98 Crystal 12 98 Synth Drum Comp 14 98 Popcorn 18 98 Tiny Bells 35 98 Round Glockenspiel 40 98 Glockenspiel Chimes 41 98 Clear Bells 42 98 Chorus Bells 65 98 Soft Crystal Bank Select Voice No. MSB 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 432 433 434 435 0 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 70 98 Air Bells 71 98 Bell Harp 72 98 Gamelimba 0 99 Atmosphere 18 99 Warm Atmosphere 19 99 Hollow Release 40 99 Nylon Electric Piano 64 99 Nylon Harp 65 99 Harp Vox 66 99 Atmosphere Pad 0 100 Brightness 0 101 Goblins 64 101 Goblins Synth 65 101 Creeper 67 101 Ritual 68 101 To Heaven 70 101 Night 71 101 Glisten 96 101 Bell Choir 0 102 Echoes 0 103 Sci-Fi WORLD 0 104 Sitar 32 104 Detuned Sitar 35 104 Sitar 2 97 104 Tamboura 0 105 Banjo 28 105 Muted Banjo 96 105 Rabab 97 105 Gopichant 98 105 Oud 0 106 Shamisen 0 107 Koto 96 107 Taisho-kin 97 107 Kanoon 0 108 Kalimba 0 109 Bagpipe 0 110 Fiddle 0 111 Shanai PERCUSSIVE 0 112 Tinkle Bell 96 112 Bonang 97 112 Altair 98 112 Gamelan Gongs 99 112 Stereo Gamelan Gongs 100 112 Rama Cymbal 0 113 Agogo 0 114 Steel Drums 97 114 Glass Percussion 98 114 Thai Bells 0 115 Woodblock 96 115 Castanets 0 116 Taiko Drum 96 116 Gran Cassa 0 117 Melodic Tom 64 117 Melodic Tom 2 65 117 Real Tom 66 117 Rock Tom 0 118 Synth Drum 64 118 Analog Tom 65 118 Electronic Percussion 0 119 Reverse Cymbal SOUND EFFECTS 0 120 Fret Noise 0 121 Breath Noise 0 122 Seashore 0 123 Bird Tweet EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 73 Voice List MSB LSB 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 0 0 0 0 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Program Change# 124 125 126 127 0 1 3 16 32 33 34 35 36 37 48 49 50 55 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 96 97 98 99 100 112 113 114 115 Voice Name Telephone Ring Helicopter Applause Gunshot Cutting Noise Cutting Noise 2 String Slap Flute Key Click Shower Thunder Wind Stream Bubble Feed Dog Horse Bird Tweet 2 Maou Phone Call Door Squeak Door Slam Scratch Cut Scratch Split Wind Chime Telephone Ring 2 Car Engine Ignition Car Tires Squeal Car Passing Car Crash Siren Train Jet Plane Starship Burst Roller Coaster Submarine Laugh Scream Punch Heartbeat Footsteps Machine Gun Laser Gun Explosion Firework 284 74 Bank Select Voice No. Style List Style List Style No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 285 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 Style Name 8BEAT 8BeatModern 60’sGtrPop 8BeatAdria 60’s8Beat 8Beat OffBeat 60’sRock HardRock RockShuffle 8BeatRock 16BEAT 16Beat PopShuffle GuitarPop 16BtUptempo KoolShuffle HipHopLight BALLAD PianoBallad LoveSong 6/8ModernEP 6/8SlowRock OrganBallad PopBallad 16BeatBallad DANCE EuroTrance Ibiza SwingHouse Clubdance ClubLatin Garage1 Garage2 TechnoParty UKPop HipHopGroove HipShuffle HipHopPop DISCO 70’sDisco LatinDisco SaturdayNight DiscoHands SWING & JAZZ BigBandFast BigBandBallad JazzClub Swing1 Swing2 Five/Four Dixieland Ragtime R&B Soul DetroitPop 6/8Soul CrocoTwist Rock&Roll ComboBoogie 6/8Blues Style No. 055 056 057 058 059 060 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 099 100 Style Name COUNTRY CountryPop CountrySwing Country2/4 Bluegrass LATIN BrazilianSamba BossaNova Tijuana DiscoLatin Mambo Salsa Beguine Reggae BALLROOM VienneseWaltz EnglishWaltz Slowfox Foxtrot Quickstep Tango Pasodoble Samba ChaChaCha Rumba Jive TRADITIONAL USMarch 6/8March GermanMarch PolkaPop OberPolka Tarantella Showtune ChristmasSwing ChristmasWaltz ScottishReel WALTZ SwingWaltz JazzWaltz CountryWaltz OberWalzer Musette PIANIST Stride PianoSwing Arpeggio Habanera SlowRock 8BeatPianoBallad 6/8PianoMarch PianoWaltz EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 75 Drum Kit List Drum Kit List • “ ” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”. • Each percussion voice uses one note. • The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than keyboard Note # and Note. For example, in “109: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H” (Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0). • Key Off: Keys marked “O” stop sounding the instant they are released. • Voices with the same Alternate Note Number (*1 – 4) cannot be played simultaneously. (They are designed to be played alternately with each other.) Voice No. MSB/LSB/PC MIDI Key Alternate Keyboard Note# C1 C#1 D1 E1 F1 D#1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 B1 C2 A#1 C#2 D2 E2 F2 D#2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 B2 C3 A#2 C#3 D3 E3 F3 D#3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 B3 C4 A#3 C#4 D4 E4 F4 D#4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 B4 C5 A#4 C#5 D5 E5 F5 D#5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 B5 A#5 C6 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Note# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Off assign 3 3 4 4 O O O 1 1 1 O O O 2 2 110 127/000/001 111 127/000/008 112 127/000/016 113 127/000/024 114 127/000/025 Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Surdo Mute Surdo Open Hi Q Whip Slap Scratch Push Scratch Pull Finger Snap Click Noise Metronome Click Metronome Bell Seq Click L Seq Click H Brush Tap Brush Swirl Brush Slap Brush Tap Swirl Snare Roll Castanet Snare H Soft Sticks Bass Drum Soft Open Rim Shot Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum Side Stick Snare M Hand Clap Snare H Hard Floor Tom L Hi-Hat Closed Floor Tom H Hi-Hat Pedal Low Tom Hi-Hat Open Mid Tom L Mid Tom H Crash Cymbal 1 High Tom Ride Cymbal 1 Chinese Cymbal Ride Cymbal Cup Tambourine Splash Cymbal Cowbell Crash Cymbal 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal 2 Bongo H Bongo L Conga H Mute Conga H Open Conga L Timbale H Timbale L Agogo H Agogo L Cabasa Maracas Samba Whistle H Samba Whistle L Guiro Short Guiro Long Claves Wood Block H Wood Block L Cuica Mute Cuica Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree Snare H Soft 2 SD Rock H Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal Hi Q 2 Snare L Hi Q 2 SD Rock H Bass Drum H Bass Drum H Bass Drum H BD Rock BD Rock BD Gate BD Analog L BD Analog H Analog Side Stick Analog Snare 1 Open Rim Shot 2 Bass Drum 2 Snare M 2 SD Room L SD Rock L SD Rock L Snare H Hard 2 SD Room H Room Tom 1 SD Rock Rim Rock Tom 1 SD Rock H E Tom 1 Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2 E Tom 2 Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3 E Tom 3 Room Tom 4 Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 4 Rock Tom 5 E Tom 4 E Tom 5 Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6 E Tom 6 Analog Snare 2 Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 1 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 2 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 Analog Cowbell Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L Analog Maracas Analog Claves Scratch Push Scratch Pull Scratch Push Scratch Pull 286 76 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 109 127/000/000 Drum Kit List Voice No. MSB/LSB/PC MIDI Key Alternate Keyboard Note# C1 C#1 D1 E1 F1 D#1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 B1 C2 A#1 C#2 D2 E2 F2 D#2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 B2 C3 A#2 C#3 D3 E3 F3 D#3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 B3 C4 A#3 C#4 D4 E4 F4 D#4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 B4 C5 A#4 C#5 D5 E5 F5 D#5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 B5 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Note# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Off 115 127/000/027 Dance Kit 116 127/000/032 Jazz Kit 117 127/000/040 Brush Kit 118 127/000/048 Symphony Kit 119 126/000/000 SFX Kit 1 120 126/000/001 SFX Kit 2 assign 3 3 4 4 O O O 1 1 1 O O O 2 2 Surdo Mute Surdo Open Hi Q Whip Slap Scratch Push Scratch Pull Finger Snap Click Noise Metronome Click Metronome Bell Seq Click L Seq Click H Brush Tap Brush Swirl Brush Slap Brush Tap Swirl Snare Roll Castanet Snare H Soft Sticks Bass Drum Soft Open Rim Shot Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum Side Stick Snare M Hand Clap Snare H Hard Floor Tom L Hi-Hat Closed Floor Tom H Hi-Hat Pedal Low Tom Hi-Hat Open Mid Tom L Mid Tom H Crash Cymbal 1 High Tom Ride Cymbal 1 Chinese Cymbal Ride Cymbal Cup Tambourine Splash Cymbal Cowbell Crash Cymbal 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal 2 Bongo H Bongo L Conga H Mute Conga H Open Conga L Timbale H Timbale L Agogo H Agogo L Cabasa Maracas Samba Whistle H Samba Whistle L Guiro Short Guiro Long Claves Wood Block H Wood Block L Cuica Mute Cuica Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree Reverse Cymbal Hi Q 2 AnSD Snappy AnBD Dance-1 AnSD OpenRim AnBD Dance-2 AnBD Dance-3 Analog Side Stick AnSD Q AnSD Ana+Acoustic Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 3 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 4 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open 2 Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 Analog Cowbell Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L Analog Maracas SD Jazz H Light Brush Slap L Bass Drum L BD Jazz BD Jazz Gran Cassa Gran Cassa Mute SD Jazz L Brush Slap Marching Sn M SD Jazz M Jazz Tom 1 Brush Tap Marching Sn H Brush Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Jazz Tom 2 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2 Jazz Tom 3 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3 Jazz Tom 4 Jazz Tom 5 Brush Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5 Hand Cym. L Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6 Hand Cym.Short L Jazz Tom 6 Cutting Noise Phone Call Cutting Noise 2 Door Squeak Door Slam String Slap Scratch Cut Scratch Wind Chime Telephone Ring 2 Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition Car Tires Squeal Car Passing Car Crash Siren Hand Cym. H Train Jet Plane Hand Cym.Short H Starship Burst Roller Coaster Submarine Shower Thunder Wind Stream Bubble Feed Laugh Scream Punch Heartbeat FootSteps Dog Horse Bird Tweet 2 Machine Gun Laser Gun Explosion Firework Analog Claves Scratch Push Scratch Pull Maou 1 C6 A#5 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 109 127/000/000 Standard Kit 1 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 77 78 287 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Mode Change Control 0,32 1 6 38 7 10 11 64 71 72 73 74 84 91,93 94 96,97 100,101 Key's Ch's After Touch Pitch Bend Note ON Note OFF Velocity o x x x o o x o x o x x x o x x x x x x o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=0 0 - 127 : True voice ************** 3 x ************** Default Messages Altered Note Number 1 - 16 x Default Changed Basic Channel Function... Transmitted *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o x x o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=0 or 8nH 0 - 127 0 - 127 3 x x 1 - 16 x Recognized YAMAHA [ Portable Keyboard ] Model EZ-250i MIDI Implementation Chart Bank Select Modulation wheel Data Entry(MSB) Data Entry(LSB) Part Volume Pan Expression Sustain Harmonic Content Release Time Attack Time Brightness Portamento Cntrl Effect 1,3 Depth Effect 4 Depth RPN Inc,Dec RPN LSB,MSB Remarks Date:17-Mar-2003 Version : 1.0 MIDI Implementation Chart MIDI Implementation Chart o : Yes x : No MIDI Implementation Chart NOTE: *1 By default (factory settings) the EZ-250i ordinarily functions as a 16-channel multi-timbral tone generator, and incoming data does not affect the panel voices or panel settings. However, the MIDI messages listed below do affect the panel voices, auto accompaniment, and songs. • MIDI Master Tuning • System exclusive messages for changing the Reverb Type and Chorus Type. *2 Messages for these control change numbers cannot be transmitted from the EZ-250i itself. However, they may be transmitted when playing the accompaniment, song or using the Harmony effect. *3 Exclusive <GM System ON> F0H, 7EH, 7FH, 09H, 01H, F7H • This message automatically restores all default settings for the instrument, with the exception of MIDI Master Tuning. o x x x o x :All Sound OFF :Reset All Cntrls :Local ON/OFF :All Notes OFF Mes- :Active Sense sages:Reset Aux Mode 2 : OMNI ON ,MONO Mode 4 : OMNI OFF,MONO Mode 1 : OMNI ON , POLY Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY o(120,126,127) o(121) o(122) o(123-125) o x *4 Common o o x x x : Song Pos. : Song Sel. : Tune System : Clock Real Time: Commands *4 o o x x x *3 System Exclusive : True # o *3 o o 0 - 127 o 0 - 127 ************** Prog Change 288 <MIDI Master Volume> F0H, 7FH, 7FH, 04H, 01H, ll, mm, F7H • This message allows the volume of all channels to be changed simultaneously (Universal System Exclusive). • The values of “mm” is used for MIDI Master Tuning. (Values for “ll” are ignored.) <MIDI Master Tuning> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 27H, 30H, 00H, 00H, mm, ll, cc, F7H • This message simultaneously changes the tuning value of all channels. • The values of “mm” and “ll” are used for MIDI Master Tuning. • The default value of “mm” and “ll” are 08H and 00H, respectively. Any values can be used for “n” and “cc.” <Reverb Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 00H, mmH, llH, F7H • mm : Reverb Type MSB • ll : Reverb Type LSB Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details. <Chorus Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 20H, mmH, llH, F7H • mm : Chorus Type MSB • ll : Chorus Type LSB Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details. *4 When the accompaniment is started, an FAH message is transmitted. When accompaniment is stopped, an FCH message is transmitted.When the clock is set to External, both FAH (accompaniment start) and FCH (accompaniment stop) are recognized. *5 Local ON/OFF <Local ON> Bn, 7A, 7F <Local OFF> Bn, 7A, 00 Value for “n” is ignored. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 79 Effect map MIDI Implementation Chart ■ Effect map * If the received value does not contain an effect type in the TYPE LSB, the LSB will be directed to TYPE 0. * The numbers in parentheses in front of the Effect Type names correspond to the number indicated in the display.. * By using an external sequencer, which is capable of editing and transmitting the system exclusive messages and parameter changes, you can select the Reverb, Chorus and DSP effect types which are not accessible from the EZ-250i panel itself. When one of the effects is selected by the external sequencer, “ - ” will be shown on the display. ● REVERB TYPE MSB 00 000 No Effect 001 (1)Hall1 002 Room 003 Stage 004 Plate 005 – 127 No Effect 01 02 08 TYPE LSB 16 (2)Hall2 (6)Stage1 (8)Plate1 17 18 (3)Hall3 (4)Room1 (7)Stage2 (9)Plate2 19 20 (5)Room2 ● CHORUS TYPE MSB 00 000 – 063 No Effect 064 Thru 065 Chorus 066 Celeste 067 Flanger 068 – 127 No Effect EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 02 08 TYPE LSB 16 17 18 19 20 (2)Chorus2 (3)Flanger1 (1)Chorus1 (4)Flanger2 289 80 01 Specifications Specifications Keyboards • 61 standard-size keys (C1 - C6), with Touch Response. Display • Large multi-function LCD display (backlit) Setup • STANDBY/ON • MASTER VOLUME : MIN - MAX Panel Controls • SONG, STYLE, VOICE, Dict., PC, LESSON L, R, METRONOME, PORTABLE GRAND, DEMO, FUNCTION, TOUCH, DUAL, SPLIT, HARMONY, TEMPO/TAP, [0]-[9], [+](YES), [–](NO) Voice • 108 panel voices + 12 drum kits + 360 XG Lite voices • Polyphony : 32 Style • 100 styles • Style Control : ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC START, START/STOP, INTRO/ENDING/rit., MAIN/AUTO FILL • Fingering : Multi fingering • Style Volume Power Consumption (when using PA-3C power adaptor) • 13W Power Supply • Adaptor : Yamaha PA-3C AC power adaptor • Batteries : Six “D” size, R20P (LR20) or equivalent batteries Dimensions (W x D x H) • 931 x 348.8 x 127.9 mm (36-2/3" x 13-3/4" x 5-1/16") Weight • 5.0 kg (11 lbs.) Supplied Accessories • • • • • Music Rest Owner’s Manual Song Book CD-ROM USB Cable Optional Accessories • • • • Headphones : HPE-150 AC power adaptor : PA-3B/3C Footswitch : FC4, FC5 Keyboard stand : L-2C, L-2L Yamaha Educational Suite • Dictionary • Lesson 1-4 Function • Overall : Transpose, Tuning, Split Point, Touch Sensitivity, Sustain • Volume : Style Volume, Song Volume, Metronome Volume, Metronome Time Signature • Main Voice : Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level, Chorus Send Level • Dual Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level, Chorus Send Level • Split Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level, Chorus Send Level • Effect/Harmony : Reverb Type, Chorus Type, Harmony Type, Harmony Volume • Utility : Local On/Off, External Clock, Initial Setup Send, Lesson Track R, Lesson Track L, Demo Cancel, Backup Clear * Specifications and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information purposes only. Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify products or specifications at any time without prior notice. Since specifications, equipment or options may not be the same in every locale, please check with your Yamaha dealer. Effects • Reverb : 9 types • Chorus : 4 types • Harmony : 26 types Song • 80 Songs • Song Volume MIDI • Local On/Off • Initial Setup Send • External Clock Auxiliary jacks • PHONES/OUTPUT, DC IN 12V, USB, SUSTAIN Amplifier (when using PA-3C power adaptor) • 2.5W + 2.5W Speakers 290 291 • 12cm x 2 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 81 Index Panel controls and terminals +/–............................................... 8, 19 A-B REPEAT.............................. 8, 46 ACMP ON/OFF.......................... 8, 34 DC IN 12V ................................. 9, 10 DEMO ........................................ 9, 14 Dict. ............................................ 8, 42 DUAL ......................................... 9, 25 FF........................................... 9, 46 FUNCTION.......................... 8, 18, 66 HARMONY ............................... 9, 29 INTRO/ENDING/rit................... 9, 34 LESSON ..................................... 8, 50 LIGHT ON/OFF......................... 9, 28 MAIN/AUTO FILL .................... 9, 34 MASTER VOLUME .................. 8, 18 METRONOME .......................... 8, 21 Numeric keypad.......................... 8, 19 OFF....................................................8 ON .....................................................8 PAUSE ................................... 8, 46 PC ............................................... 8, 58 PHONES/OUTPUT.................... 9, 11 PORTABLE GRAND................. 8, 21 REW ...................................... 9, 46 SONG ................................... 8, 45, 49 SPLIT ......................................... 9, 26 STANDBY/ON........................... 8, 11 START/STOP ....................... 8, 34, 46 STYLE........................................ 8, 33 SUSTAIN.................................. 11, 30 SYNC START ............................ 8, 34 TEMPO/TAP ........................ 9, 21, 38 TOUCH ...................................... 9, 27 USB ............................................ 9, 56 VOICE ........................................ 8, 23 Misc. L #000 OTS .........................................25 A-B repreat ......................................47 AC Power adaptor............................10 accessory jacks.................................11 accompaniment sections ..................39 Accompaniment Split Point.............26 Left.................................................. 50 Lesson ............................................. 49 Lesson Track ................................... 51 Level, chorus send........................... 30 Level, reverb send ........................... 29 Light Guide ..................................... 28 LIGHT ON/OFF ............................. 28 Local on/off..................................... 57 B M A Batteries ...........................................10 Beat display .....................................38 C Chord Names ...................................44 Chord Type ......................................44 Chords, About ..................................43 Chords, Fingered..............................40 Chords, Single Finger ......................40 Chorus..............................................30 D DEMO Cancel .................................14 Demo song .......................................14 Dictionary ........................................42 Drum Kit Voice Chart ......................76 Dual Voice........................................25 E Effects ..............................................29 Ending..............................................37 External Clock .................................57 F Fill-in ...............................................39 Fingered chords ...............................40 Flash Memory..................................58 Footswitch........................................11 Function .................................... 18, 66 N Notation........................................... 20 O Octave ............................................. 20 Octave, dual .................................... 25 Octave, main ................................... 23 Octave, split .................................... 26 P PC.................................................... 58 Portable Grand ................................ 21 Q Quick Guide .................................... 12 R GM System Level 1 .........................55 Grade................................................53 Reverb ............................................. 29 Right................................................ 50 Ritardando....................................... 37 Root................................................. 43 H S G Harmony ..........................................29 Headphones......................................11 I Indicator...........................................20 Initial Setup Send.............................57 Intro..................................................36 sections (accompaniment)............... 39 Single Finger chords ....................... 40 Song Volume ................................... 48 songs, playing ................................. 46 songs, selecting ............................... 45 Specifications .................................. 81 Split Point........................................ 26 68 82 Main A/B......................................... 39 Main Voice ...................................... 23 Master Volume ................................ 18 Melody Voice Change ..................... 48 Metronome...................................... 21 MIDI ............................................... 54 MIDI channels ................................ 55 MIDI Implementation Chart ........... 78 MIDI LSB Receive cancel .............. 56 Multi Fingering ............................... 40 Music Rest ...................................... 19 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Index Split Voice........................................26 Style Volume....................................39 styles, playing ..................................34 styles, selecting................................33 Sustain .............................................30 Sync Start.........................................35 T Tap ...................................................35 Tempo ....................................... 21, 38 Time Signature ................................22 Touch Sensitivity .............................27 Transpose.........................................28 Troubleshooting...............................69 Tuning..............................................28 V Voice List.........................................70 voices, Drum Kit .............................76 voices, selecting and playing ...........23 voices, XG Lite................................71 Volume, dual....................................25 Volume, harmony.............................29 Volume, main...................................23 Volume, Metronome ........................22 Volume, Song ..................................48 Volume, split....................................26 Volume, Style ..................................39 X 69 XG Lite Voice List...........................71 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 83 Limited Warranty 90 DAYS LABOR 1 YEAR PARTS Yamaha Corporation of America, hereafter referred to as Yamaha, warrants to the original consumer of a product included in the categories listed below, that the product will be free of defects in materials and/or workmanship for the periods indicated. This warranty is applicable to all models included in the following series of products: EZ SERIES OF ELECTRONIC KEYBOARDS If during the first 90 days that immediately follows the purchase date, your new Yamaha product covered by this warranty is found to have a defect in material and/or workmanship, Yamaha and/or its authorized representative will repair such defect without charge for parts or labor. If parts should be required after this 90 day period but within the one year period that immediately follows the purchase date, Yamaha will, subject to the terms of this warranty, supply these parts without charge. However, charges for labor, and/or any miscellaneous expenses incurred are the consumers responsibility. Yamaha reserves the right to utilize reconditioned parts in repairing these products and/or to use reconditioned units as warranty replacements. THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY WHICH YAMAHA MAKES IN CONNECTION WITH THESE PRODUCTS. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. YAMAHA EXCLUDES AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN ANY EVENT FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Some states do not allow limitations that relate to implied warranties and/or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages. Therefore, these limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may also have other rights which vary from state to state. CONSUMERS RESPONSIBILITIES If warranty service should be required, it is necessary that the consumer assume certain responsibilities: 1. Contact the Customer Service Department of the retailer selling the product, or any retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product for assistance. You may also contact Yamaha directly at the address provided below. 2. Deliver the unit to be serviced under warranty to: the retailer selling the product, an authorized service center, or to Yamaha with an explanation of the problem. Please be prepared to provide proof purchase date (sales receipt, credit card copy, etc.) when requesting service and/or parts under warranty. 3. Shipping and/or insurance costs are the consumers responsibility.* Units shipped for service should be packed securely. *Repaired units will be returned PREPAID if warranty service is required within the first 90 days. IMPORTANT: Do NOT ship anything to ANY location without prior authorization. A Return Authorization (RA) will be issued that has a tracking number assigned that will expedite the servicing of your unit and provide a tracking system if needed. 4. Your owners manual contains important safety and operating instructions. It is your responsibility to be aware of the contents of this manual and to follow all safety precautions. EXCLUSIONS This warranty does not apply to units whose trade name, trademark, and/or ID numbers have been altered, defaced, exchanged removed, or to failures and/or damages that may occur as a result of: 1. Neglect, abuse, abnormal strain, modification or exposure to extremes in temperature or humidity. 2. Improper repair or maintenance by any person who is not a service representative of a retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product, an authorized service center, or an authorized service representative of Yamaha. 3. This warranty is applicable only to units sold by retailers authorized by Yamaha to sell these products in the U.S.A., the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. This warranty is not applicable in other possessions or territories of the U.S.A. or in any other country. Please record the model and serial number of the product you have purchased in the spaces provided below. Model___________________________ Serial #________________________________ Sales Slip #________________________________ Purchased from____________________________________________________________ (Retailer) Date______________________________________ YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA Electronic Service Division 6600 Orangethorpe Avenue Buena Park, CA 90620 KEEP THIS DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS. DO NOT MAIL! For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha representative or the authorized distributor listed below. Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante. NORTH AMERICA CANADA Yamaha Canada Music Ltd. 135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario, M1S 3R1, Canada Tel: 416-298-1311 U.S.A. Yamaha Corporation of America 6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620, U.S.A. Tel: 714-522-9011 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA MEXICO Yamaha de Mexico S.A. De C.V., Departamento de ventas Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F. Tel: 686-00-33 BRAZIL Yamaha Musical do Brasil LTDA. Av. Rebouças 2636, São Paulo, Brasil Tel: 011-853-1377 ARGENTINA Yamaha de Panamá S.A. Sucursal de Argentina Viamonte 1145 Piso2-B 1053, Buenos Aires, Argentina Tel: 1-4371-7021 PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES/ CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha de Panamá S.A. Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella, Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia, Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá Tel: +507-269-5311 EUROPE THE UNITED KINGDOM Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd. Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes, MK7 8BL, England Tel: 01908-366700 IRELAND Danfay Ltd. 61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin Tel: 01-2859177 GERMANY Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: 04101-3030 SWITZERLAND/LIECHTENSTEIN Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH, Branch Switzerland Seefeldstrasse 94, 8008 Zürich, Switzerland Tel: 01-383 3990 AUSTRIA Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH, Branch Austria Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria Tel: 01-60203900 THE NETHERLANDS Yamaha Music Central Europe, Branch Nederland Clarissenhof 5-b, 4133 AB Vianen, The Netherlands Tel: 0347-358 040 Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen Bestimmungsländern erhältlich. Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo. ASIA FRANCE Yamaha Musique France, S.A. Division Professionnelle BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vallée Cedex 2, France Tel: 01-64-61-4000 ITALY Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A. Combo Division Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy Tel: 02-935-771 SPAIN/PORTUGAL Yamaha-Hazen Música, S.A. Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230 Las Rozas (Madrid), Spain Tel: 91-639-8888 GREECE Philippos Nakas S.A. The Music House 147 Skiathou Street, 112-55 Athens, Greece Tel: 01-228 2160 SWEDEN Yamaha Scandinavia AB J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1 Box 30053 S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden Tel: 031 89 34 00 HONG KONG Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd. 11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel: 2737-7688 INDONESIA PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor) PT. Nusantik Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia Tel: 21-520-2577 KOREA Yamaha Music Korea Ltd. Tong-Yang Securities Bldg. 16F 23-8 Yoido-dong, Youngdungpo-ku, Seoul, Korea Tel: 02-3770-0661 MALAYSIA Yamaha Music Malaysia, Sdn., Bhd. Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya, Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia Tel: 3-703-0900 PHILIPPINES DENMARK YS Copenhagen Liaison Office Generatorvej 8B DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark Tel: 44 92 49 00 FINLAND F-Musiikki Oy Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260, SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland Tel: 09 618511 Yupangco Music Corporation 339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO, Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines Tel: 819-7551 SINGAPORE Yamaha Music Asia Pte., Ltd. 11 Ubi Road #06-00, Meiban Industrial Building, Singapore Tel: 65-747-4374 TAIWAN NORWAY Norsk filial av Yamaha Scandinavia AB Grini Næringspark 1 N-1345 Østerås, Norway Tel: 67 16 77 70 ICELAND Skifan HF Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120 IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland Tel: 525 5000 Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd. 3F, #6, Sec.2, Nan Jing E. Rd. Taipei. Taiwan 104, R.O.C. Tel: 02-2511-8688 THAILAND Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd. 121/60-61 RS Tower 17th Floor, Ratchadaphisek RD., Dindaeng, Bangkok 10320, Thailand Tel: 02-641-2951 THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: +49-4101-3030 Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2317 OCEANIA AFRICA Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2312 MIDDLE EAST TURKEY/CYPRUS Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: 04101-3030 OTHER COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Gulf FZE LB21-128 Jebel Ali Freezone P.O.Box 17328, Dubai, U.A.E. Tel: +971-4-881-5868 AUSTRALIA Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd. Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank, Victoria 3006, Australia Tel: 3-9693-5111 NEW ZEALAND Music Houses of N.Z. Ltd. 146/148 Captain Springs Road, Te Papapa, Auckland, New Zealand Tel: 9-634-0099 COUNTRIES AND TRUST TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2312 BELGIUM/LUXEMBOURG Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH, Branch Belgium Rue de Geneve (Genevastraat) 10, 1140 - Brussels, Belgium Tel: 02-726 6032 HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation, Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-3273 [PK] 27 Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page, English only) http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/ Yamaha Manual Library http://www2.yamaha.co.jp/manual/english/ M.D.G., Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division, Yamaha Corporation © 2003 Yamaha Corporation WA07130 ???PO???.?-03C0 Printed in China